archit_bbp_co_v1_04-06-2012
DESCRIPTION
CO BBPTRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 1 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Project: ARCHITProject: ARCHIT
ARCH Pharmalabs Limited
Business BlueprintBusiness Blueprint
CONTROLLINGCONTROLLING
BBP_CO_V1.0BBP_CO_V1.0
![Page 2: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 2 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
APPROVAL
ACTIVITY NAME TITLE SIGNATURE/DATE
PREPARED BY : Mr. JB BABU Zensar Consultant
REVIEWED BY : Ms. Himanshi Parekh CTM - Lead
REVIEWED BY :Mr. Govind JoshiMr. Sreenivasan A.
Project – Manager ArchZensar
APPROVED BY : Mr.Bhushan Punekar CO - BPO
AUTHORISED BY :
Mr. Paresh Jain VP- IA & IT Controls( Project Leader)Arch
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 2 of 229
![Page 3: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 3 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Document Control
Document ID : ZTL/2010/PRJ-252/CO/03
Compliance Status : Mandatory
Security Classification : Company Restricted
Issue Date : 3rd December, 2010
Document Status : Draft, Revised, Final
Prepared by : J B Babu
Quality Review : J N Rao
Authorized by : Srinivasan A
Distribution : Bhushan P – Arch Pharmalabs Limited
Document History : V1.0
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 3 of 229
![Page 4: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 4 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
DOCUMENT CONTROL:
S NO Revision Creation Date Last Modified Remarks
1
2
3
4
5
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 4 of 229
![Page 5: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 5 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Table of ContentsTable of Contents
1 INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................................................. 11
2 Financial Accounting Key Components..................................................................................12
2.1 Financial Accounting.............................................................................................................................12
2.2 CO Module Overview.............................................................................................................................13
3 Enterprise Structure.................................................................................................................. 16
3.1 Client.....................................................................................................................................................16
3.2 Operating Concern................................................................................................................................17
3.3 Controlling Area....................................................................................................................................17
3.4 Company Code......................................................................................................................................18
3.5 Sales Organization.................................................................................................................................19
3.6 Distribution Channel..............................................................................................................................19
3.7 Divisions................................................................................................................................................20
3.8 Purchasing Organization.......................................................................................................................21
3.9 Plant......................................................................................................................................................22
3.10 Credit Control Area...........................................................................................................................25
3.11 Financial Management Area............................................................................................................25
3.12 Planning Plant and Maintenance Plant............................................................................................26
3.13 Chart of Account...............................................................................................................................28
4 CO Global settings.................................................................................................................... 30
4.1 Real Time Integration CO with FI...........................................................................................................30
4.2 Controlling Area Versions......................................................................................................................32
5 Controlling Master Data............................................................................................................33
5.1.1 BBP_CO_MD5.1.1 Cost Elements.................................................................................................345.1.2 BBP_CO_MD5.1.2 Cost Element Groups......................................................................................385.1.3 BBP_CO_MD5.1.3 Cost Center.....................................................................................................39
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 5 of 229
![Page 6: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 6 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.4 BBP_CO_MD5.1.4 Cost Centre Groups........................................................................................415.1.5 BBP_CO_MD5.1.5 Activity Types.................................................................................................415.1.6 BBP_CO_MD5.1.6 Activity type groups........................................................................................425.1.7 BBP_CO_MD5.1.7 Statistical key Figures.....................................................................................425.1.8 BBP_CO_MD5.1.8 Internal Order.................................................................................................435.1.9 BBP_CO_MD5.1.9 Profit Centers.................................................................................................445.1.10 BBP_CO_MD5.1.10 Material Master.......................................................................................44
5.1.10.1 Raw / Packing and Lab Chemicals...............................................................................................47
5.1.10.2 Semi-finished and Finished Goods...............................................................................................48
5.1.10.3 Allied Products.................................................................................................................................48
5.1.10.4 Stores and Spares / Operating Supplies......................................................................................49
5.1.10.5 Capital – Inventory..........................................................................................................................49
5.1.10.6 Material Types, Valuation Type, Valuation Class........................................................................50
5.1.11 Controlling Master Data – Business Process Steps and Transactions......................................545.1.12 Controlling Master data – Integration:....................................................................................56
6 Business Processes – Controlling..........................................................................................58
6.1 Business Process Scenario.....................................................................................................................58
6.2 System Considerations...........................................................................................................................59
6.3 Solution in detail....................................................................................................................................606.3.1 BBP_CO_BP6.3.1 Cost Element Accounting.................................................................................606.3.2 BPP_CO_BP6.3.2 - Cost Centre Accounting..................................................................................66
6.3.2.1 Cost Center Planning......................................................................................................................66
6.3.2.2 Activity Type Planning.....................................................................................................................67
6.3.2.3 Activity Dependent Overhead Planning........................................................................................69
6.3.2.4 Activity Independent Overhead Planning.....................................................................................70
6.3.2.5 Statistical Key Figure planning......................................................................................................71
6.3.2.6 Periodic Allocation of Overheads:.................................................................................................71
6.3.2.7 Planning Profile................................................................................................................................74
6.3.2.8 Cost Splitting....................................................................................................................................74
6.3.2.9 Activity Prices for a Cost Center....................................................................................................74
6.3.2.10 Cost Center Planning -Transaction / Activity Chart:....................................................................75
6.3.2.11 Cost Center Planning – Integration:..............................................................................................77
6.3.2.12 Actual Posting in Cost Center Accounting....................................................................................77
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 6 of 229
![Page 7: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 7 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.2.13 Period End Closing Activities in Cost Center Accounting...........................................................79
6.3.2.14 Periodic Reposting..........................................................................................................................79
6.3.2.15 Actual overheads Accruals.............................................................................................................80
6.3.2.15.1 Actual Allocation – Assessment Cycle...................................................................................80
6.3.2.15.2 Actual Allocation – Distribution Cycle.....................................................................................80
6.3.2.15.3 Variance Calculation.................................................................................................................81
6.3.2.15.4 Actual Activity Price Calculation..............................................................................................82
6.3.2.16 CCA –Period End Closing -Transaction / Activity Chart:............................................................83
6.3.2.17 CCA Period End Closing - Integration:.........................................................................................85
6.3.3 BPP_CO_BP6.3.3 Internal Order Accounting................................................................................876.3.3.1 Internal Order Planning...................................................................................................................88
6.3.3.2 Budget Management for Internal Orders......................................................................................88
6.3.3.3 Availability Control for Internal Orders..........................................................................................90
6.3.3.4 Actual Posting to Internal Order....................................................................................................90
6.3.3.5 Period End Closing - Internal Order Settlement..........................................................................91
6.3.3.6 Period End Closing - Carry forward to next year.........................................................................91
6.3.3.7 Internal order - Transaction / Activity Chart:................................................................................92
6.3.3.8 Internal order - Integration:.............................................................................................................92
6.3.4 BPP_CO_BP6.3.4 Product Cost Controlling..................................................................................936.3.4.1 Product Cost Planning....................................................................................................................93
6.3.4.2 Origin Groups...................................................................................................................................94
6.3.4.3 Overhead Cost Sheet.....................................................................................................................95
6.3.4.4 Costing Variant................................................................................................................................96
6.3.4.4.1 Valuation Variant........................................................................................................................98
6.3.4.4.2 Date Control..................................................................................................................................99
6.3.4.4.3 Valuation Strategy for Material Component:.........................................................................100
6.3.4.5 Cost Component Structure...........................................................................................................101
6.3.4.6 Standard Cost Estimate................................................................................................................103
6.3.4.7 Base Planning Object Costing.....................................................................................................104
6.3.4.8 Additive Cost..................................................................................................................................105
6.3.4.9 Costing BOM..................................................................................................................................106
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 7 of 229
![Page 8: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 8 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.10 Product Cost Planning - Transaction / Activity Chart:...............................................................107
6.3.4.11 Product Cost Planning - Integration:...........................................................................................110
6.3.4.12 Product Cost Object Controlling..................................................................................................110
6.3.4.13 Result Analysis Version:...............................................................................................................110
6.3.4.14 Valuation Methods:........................................................................................................................112
6.3.4.14.1 Posting of calculated WIP:.....................................................................................................112
6.3.4.15 Variance Variants:.........................................................................................................................113
6.3.4.16 Settlement:.....................................................................................................................................114
6.3.4.17 Production Process:......................................................................................................................115
6.3.4.17.1 Creation of Process order:.....................................................................................................115
6.3.4.17.2 Process Order release...........................................................................................................115
6.3.4.17.3 Creation of batch number:.....................................................................................................116
6.3.4.17.4 Creation of Inspection lot:......................................................................................................116
6.3.4.17.5 Issue of materials to order:....................................................................................................116
6.3.4.17.6 Confirmation of Process order:.............................................................................................116
6.3.4.17.7 Technical Completion of Order:............................................................................................117
6.3.4.17.8 Revaluation of Process Orders.............................................................................................117
6.3.4.17.9 Order Settlement:....................................................................................................................117
6.3.4.17.10 Order closing:........................................................................................................................118
6.3.4.18 Product Cost – Period End Activities..........................................................................................118
6.3.4.18.1 Revaluation of Process order................................................................................................118
6.3.4.18.2 Work in Process for the Process Order................................................................................119
6.3.4.18.3 Settlement Profile....................................................................................................................119
6.3.4.18.4 Allocation Structure:................................................................................................................122
6.3.4.18.5 Process Order.........................................................................................................................124
6.3.4.18.6 Maintenance Order Cost........................................................................................................125
6.3.4.18.7 Research and Development Cost.........................................................................................126
6.3.4.18.8 Cost in Project System...........................................................................................................126
6.3.4.18.9 Cost in Job work-in.................................................................................................................128
6.3.4.19 Settlements and Transfer:............................................................................................................129
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 8 of 229
![Page 9: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 9 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.20 Product Cost Controlling- Transaction / Activity Chart:............................................................133
6.3.4.21 Product Cost Controlling - Integration:........................................................................................135
6.3.5 BBP_CO_BP6.3.5 Inventory Valuation considerations and costing impacts...............................1366.3.5.1 Solvent Recovery should not absorb Overheads:.....................................................................136
6.3.5.2 Slow Moving and Non-Moving Stocks Information....................................................................136
6.3.5.3 Treatment of short receipt quantity.............................................................................................136
6.3.5.4 Stock Ageing Analysis..................................................................................................................136
6.3.5.5 Inventory Classification:................................................................................................................136
6.3.5.6 Loss In Transit during Inter location Transfers :........................................................................137
6.3.5.7 Invoice Booking Should be only after Quality Approval :..........................................................137
6.3.5.8 Transport Charges Treatment in STO:.......................................................................................137
6.3.5.9 Incidental Charges inventorisation on imports :........................................................................137
6.3.5.10 Treatment of Inventory Written Off :............................................................................................137
6.3.5.11 Impact in Costing while destroying Stocks :...............................................................................138
6.3.5.12 BOM Accuracy :............................................................................................................................138
6.3.5.13 Inventory Landed Cost Break UP :.............................................................................................138
6.3.5.14 Inventory Controls.........................................................................................................................138
6.3.5.15 Batch wise Recoveries Information With Quantities:................................................................139
6.3.5.16 FG/ Intermediataries Valuation:...................................................................................................139
6.3.5.17 Treatment of Materials Used in Cleaning Batches:...................................................................139
6.3.5.18 Treatment of Failed batches:.......................................................................................................140
6.3.5.19 Capacity Utilization / Idle capacity:..............................................................................................140
6.3.5.20 Re Process Batch Information :...................................................................................................140
6.3.5.21 Cost Component Structure information :....................................................................................140
6.3.5.22 Variance Details :..........................................................................................................................141
6.3.5.23 Cost Component Information of Intermediaries:........................................................................141
6.3.5.24 Batch Type Harmonization in the production:............................................................................141
6.3.5.25 Validation for posting of recoveries with rates:..........................................................................141
6.3.5.26 Average Inventory Holding Period:.............................................................................................141
6.3.5.27 Treatment of Second Crop Production:......................................................................................142
6.3.5.28 Cost of By-Product to be reduced from Main product...............................................................142
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 9 of 229
![Page 10: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 10 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.29 Subcontract Recovered Stock valuation:...................................................................................142
6.3.5.30 Inter location job work cycle within a company code................................................................142
6.3.5.31 Subcontract Material Usage and Inventory Control:.................................................................143
6.3.5.32 Issue of processed material to cost centre:................................................................................143
6.3.5.33 Capture of R&D Expenses:..........................................................................................................143
6.3.5.34 Period Closure:..............................................................................................................................143
6.3.5.35 Effect and result of CSA:..............................................................................................................143
6.3.5.36 Expenses provision in finance to move to cost centers............................................................144
6.3.5.37 Payroll Expenses to post to cost centers:..................................................................................144
6.3.5.38 Sample should be form part of COGS :......................................................................................144
6.3.5.39 Reprocessing Cost Information:..................................................................................................144
6.3.5.40 : Optimum Product Mix.................................................................................................................144
6.3.5.41 Log Sheet Maintenance for Utilities:...........................................................................................144
6.3.5.42 Log Sheet Maintenance for Utilities:...........................................................................................145
6.3.5.43 Yield against Utility Cost:..............................................................................................................145
6.3.5.44 Coal Purchases tracking by source.............................................................................................145
6.3.5.45 Unauthorized PTN/PTNI Valuation:............................................................................................145
6.3.5.46 Unauthorized PTN/PTNI Valuation: Standard report MRN9 is available to compare the
inventory with material master price and the commercial price...................................................................145
6.3.6 BBP_CO_BP6.3.6 Profit Center Accounting...............................................................................1466.3.6.1 Automatic derivation of profit center in actual transactions......................................................147
6.3.6.2 Actual Posting in Profit Centre Accounting................................................................................150
6.3.6.3 Profit Centre Account Analysis....................................................................................................150
6.3.7 BPP_CO_BP6.3.7 Profitability Analysis.......................................................................................150
6.4 Business Process Steps & Transactions...............................................................................................1526.4.1.........................................................................................................................................................153Cost Element Accounting.........................................................................................................................1536.4.2.........................................................................................................................................................153Cost Centre Accounting............................................................................................................................1536.4.3.........................................................................................................................................................153Internal Order Accounting........................................................................................................................1536.4.4.........................................................................................................................................................153Product Cost Controlling..........................................................................................................................1536.4.5.........................................................................................................................................................153
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 10 of 229
![Page 11: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 11 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Inventory Valuation..................................................................................................................................1536.4.6.........................................................................................................................................................154Profitability Analysis.................................................................................................................................154
7 Functional Requirement.........................................................................................................154
8 Reporting Requirement..........................................................................................................194
9 Integrations Points.................................................................................................................. 212
9.1 CO – FI Integration..............................................................................................................................214
9.2 CO – Material Management................................................................................................................215
9.3 CO – Sales and Distribution.................................................................................................................215
9.4 CO – Production Process......................................................................................................................215
9.5 CO – Plant Maintenance......................................................................................................................216
10 Authorization............................................................................................................................. 216
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 11 of 229
![Page 12: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 12 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1 Introduction
The purpose of this document is to compile the requirements gathered during business
process design workshops. And also Arch has submitted the User Requirement document
documents based on the business process requirements of the company. With this, how the
company intends to run its business within the SAP System.
This document describes the design of the proposed solution and implications for the
business process. This document is to communicate the new business solution and
expected changes to the business process. The information needs to include:
Enterprise organizational structures
The proposed integrated business processes
Associated function definitions
Business requirements in term of reports/script and functionality
Authorizations
With the information conveyed by this document, the business should be able to approve the
proposed solution. The Process Definition Document becomes the master
deliverable/document, which serves as a basis for the entire project.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 12 of 229
![Page 13: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 13 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
2 Financial Accounting Key Components
2.1 Financial AccountingThe Financial Accounting Module is a complete accounting system capable of recording all
business transactions. The system has the following features:
Powerful tools for real-time evaluation and reporting of current accounting data.
Comprehensive tools (balance lists, journals, balance audit trails and other standard
reports) for documenting accounts.
The main components of FI Module include:
FI Module Components
Description
General Ledger
Accounting
The general ledger contains a record of all relevant accounting
transactions from a business point of view in the G/L accounts.
The central task of G/L accounting is to provide a comprehensive
picture for external accounting and accounts.
Accounts Receivable
Accounting
The Accounts Receivable application component records and
administers accounting data of all customers. It is also an
integral part of sales management.
Accounts Payable
Accounting
The Accounts Payable application component records and
administers accounting data for all vendors. It is also an integral
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 13 of 229
![Page 14: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 14 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
part of procurement management
Asset Accounting Asset accounting component makes it possible to manage and
update values for all fixed assets and to monitor the accounting
procedures affecting fixed assets. The Asset Accounting
component is used for managing and supervising fixed assets
with the SAP System.
Bank Accounting This component is used to manage transactions that are entered
into with the various banks
2.2 CO Module Overview
Controlling provides the information for management decision-making. It facilitates
coordination, monitoring and optimization of all processes in an organization. This involves
recording both the consumption of production factors and the services provided by an
organization.
As well as documenting actual events, the main task of Controlling is planning. It determine
variances by comparing actual data with plan data. These variance calculations enable you
to control business flows.
Income statements are used to control the cost efficiency of individual areas of an
organization, as well as the entire organization.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 14 of 229
![Page 15: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 15 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The various components of CO include:
CO Module Components
Description
Cost and Revenue Element Accounting
Cost and Revenue Element Accounting provides you with an
overview of the costs and revenues that occur in an organization.
It provides the structure for the assignment of CO data through
the classification of transaction line items according to the nature
of the cost or revenue posting to an object in CO. Most of the
values are moved automatically from Financial Accounting to
Controlling.
Cost Center Accounting
This component is used to track the occurrence of costs in the
organization. As costs are incurred, they are assigned or posted
to the appropriate Cost Center. The posting and assignment of
costs to Cost Centers not only makes Managerial Accounting
possible but is a vital step in using other CO components. The
standard hierarchy of the CO Area includes all Cost Centers and
provides the ability to analyze costs at different positions.
Internal Orders It is a very flexible tool that can be used for a wide variety of
purposes to collect costs and also Revenues, it provides
capabilities for planning and monitoring and allocation of costs.
While Overhead Orders are used to monitor overhead costs for
particular purposes, Investment Orders are used to collect costs
incurred in the creation of a Fixed Asset
Product Cost Controlling
It is concerned with all aspects of planning the cost of producing
products as well as analyzing and tracking the actual costs in the
production process. It has the following sub-components
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 15 of 229
![Page 16: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 16 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
CO Module Components
Description
a. Product cost planning refers to the creation of cost
estimates for the production of goods.
b. Cost Object Controlling where the actual costs incurred in
the production of a good is collected using Process Orders. It
also provides the tools for calculating the Work in Process and
the variances at the period end closing.
Profitability Analysis (CO-PA)
Profitability Analysis analyzes the profit or loss of an organization
by individual market segments. The system allocates the
corresponding costs to the revenues for each market segment.
Profitability Analysis provides a basis for decision-making, for
example, for price determination, customer selection,
conditioning, and for choosing the distribution channel.
Profit Center Accounting (EC-PCA)
It lets you analyze internal profit and losses so that evaluating
different areas or units within an organization is possible. Profit
Structure can be structured according to the region, function or
product classifications.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 16 of 229
![Page 17: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 17 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3 Enterprise StructureWithin the Financial Accounting Module, specific high-level organizational structures are
defined. These Enterprise Structures provide a direction for how the solution operates and
how business functions, data and reporting are defined.
The Enterprise Structure in SAP Financial Accounting and integrated Modules consists of
the following
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 17 of 229
![Page 18: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 18 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3.1 ClientThe client is the highest level in the SAP System hierarchy. Specifications or data entered at
this level are valid for all company codes and for all other organizational structures. Each
Client contains a separate and unique set of master data, and data tables.
Server Client Purpose
Development 100 Configuration and Development environment
Development 200 Pre-test, to conduct the initial testing by Consultant
Sandbox 310 Training / Testing / Practice to all users
Quality 500 Testing - Unit and Integration testing
Production 700 Production - To record all business transactions
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 18 of 229
![Page 19: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 19 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Solution
Manager 252 Project Implementation, Optimizer, EWA, Service Desk
3.2 Operating Concern
An operating concern represents an organizational unit of the company, which provides the
sales and marketing information in a uniform structure. It is the valuation level for Profitability
Analysis (CO-PA).
By setting off the costs against the revenues, an operating profit for the individual market
segments that are defined by a combination of classifying characteristics (such as product
group, customer group, country, or distribution channel) can be calculated. The market
segments are known as profitability segments in CO-PA.
Operating Concern Description
1000 Arch – Operating Concern
3.3 Controlling AreaControlling Area is an Organizational Unit in Controlling Module which is used for Cost
Accounting. Data in the Controlling Area is simultaneously updated with the various postings
in the Financial Accounting / Material Management / Sales and Distribution / Production
Planning / Human Capital Management modules.
The Controlling Area for Arch is given below:
Controlling Area Description
1000 Arch – Controlling Area
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 19 of 229
![Page 20: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 20 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Cross Company Code Controlling Area is going to be used to generate the internal reporting.
Arch and Avon are going to use common Chart of Account, Fiscal Year Variant and Currency.
Both the company codes (Arch and Avon) will be assigned to the Controlling Area (1000).
Controlling Area Usage - Cross Company Cost Accounting
Fiscal Year - V3 April – March with 4 Special Periods
Chart of Accounts - 1000 – Arch Group COA
Currency - INR – Indian Rupees
Cost Center Hierarchy - 1000STD – Arch CC Std. Hierarchy
Profit Center Hierarchy - 1000STD – Arch PC Std. Hierarchy
The following CO components will be activated:
Cost Center Accounting
Order Management
Commitment Management
Profitability Analysis (Costing based)
Profit Center Accounting
Project based accounting
Sales Order based costing (Make to order)
3.4 Company Code
Company Code is the Organizational Unit of Financial Accounting for which a complete self-
contained set of accounts can be drawn up for purposes of external reporting. This includes
recording of all relevant transactions and generating all supporting documents required for
financial statements. At each Company Code level Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss
Account and all financial statements can be generated. Statements required for Legal
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 20 of 229
![Page 21: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 21 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Reporting can be generated / balanced at Company Code level. Company code is used for
various processes within Financial Accounting in order to balance entries, post transactions
and manage security.
The Company Code for ARCH is given below:
3.5Sales OrganizationSales Organization is an organizational element, which represents all activities of Sales and
Distribution module with in SAP such as Sales, Distribution of goods and services, Billing. It
is an organizational unit within logistics that structures the company according to its sales
requirements.
The Sales Organizations for ARCH are:
Company Code
Sales Org Code Sales Organization Description
1000 1100 Arch – Domestic Sales Organization
1000 1500 Arch – Export Sales Organization
3000 3100 Avon – Domestic Sales Organization
3000 3500 Avon – Export Sales Organization
3.6 Distribution Channel
Distribution channels are the means through which the sold materials reach the customer.
A distribution channel can be assigned to one or more sales organizations.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 21 of 229
Company Code Description Country Currency
1000 Arch Pharmalabs Limited India INR
3000 Avon Organics Limited India INR
![Page 22: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 22 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The Sales Distribution Channels are:
3.7 DivisionsA division can be defined as a Product group or business segment or line of business that
could be made up of a wide-ranging spectrum of products. This entity normally groups
together saleable materials and services for the purpose of responsibility and analysis.
The Sales Divisions for Arch are:
Division Description
10 Intermediates
20 API
31 CRAMS – Intermediates
32 CRAMS – API
40 Agro Chemicals
51 Services
90 Others
91 Job work
92 Scrap Sales
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 22 of 229
Distribution Channel
Description
10 Direct
20 Depot / Warehouse
30 Inter-company Sale
99 Stock Transfer
![Page 23: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 23 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3.8 Purchasing OrganizationPurchasing organization is an organizational unit responsible for procuring materials or
services for one or more plants and for negotiating general conditions of purchase with
vendors. The purchasing organization assumes legal responsibility for all external purchase
transactions.
Arch will have the following Purchasing Organizations
Purchase
Organization Description
1000 CPO (Central Purchase Office) – Mumbai
1071 Singapore Branch
1101 Arch - Tarapur factory
1102 Arch - Badlapur Unit
1103 Arch - Taloja G – 6 Unit
1104 Arch - Taloja R & D Unit
1105 Arch - Tarapur, Plot E-64 & E-82
1106 Arch - Dombivali unit
1107 Arch - Turbhe R & D Unit
1171 Arch – Tarapur WH – Not in Use
1172 Arch - Bhiwandi Warehouse
1173 Arch – Dombivli Warehouse
1200 Arch – Andhra Pradesh
1201 Arch - Merven Unit
1202 Arch - Siddipet Unit
1203 Arch - Sibra Unit
1271 Arch - Hyderabad W/H – Not in use
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 23 of 229
![Page 24: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 24 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Purchase
Organization Description
1272 Arch - Sibra W/H
1300 Arch – Haryana
1301 Arch – Vitalife Laboratories
1371 Arch - Vitalife Godown 1
1372 Arch - Vitalife Godown2
1471 Arch - Vadodara Godown
1071 Singapore Branch
3101 Avon - Solapur unit
3200 Avon - HO
3201 Avon - Sadasivpet unit
3401 Avon - Vadodara unit
3.9 PlantPlant is an organizational unit within a company code. A Plant is an organizational unit that
divides the enterprise according to production, procurement, distribution and Stock storage
area etc. It is a place where materials are produced, or goods and services are provided.
The following are the plants in Arch:
Company
Code Plant Plant Description Plant Location Activity
1000 1100 Head Office Mumbai ARCH HO
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 24 of 229
![Page 25: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 25 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Company
Code Plant Plant Description Plant Location Activity
1000 1101 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Tarapur factory Tarapur MFG
1000 1102 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Badlapur Unit Badlapur MFG
1000 1103 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Taloja G - 6 Unit Taloja MFG
1000 1104 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Taloja R & D Unit Taloja R & D
1000 1105 Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur, Plot- E-
64 & E-82
Tarapur MFG
1000 1106 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Dombivali unit Dombivali MFG
1000 1107 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Turbhe R & D
Unit
Turbhe MFG
1000 1151 Logical Port N/A Bonding
1000 1161 Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur, Plot- E-
81
Tarapur MFG
1000 1162 Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur, Plot- E-
80/L
Tarapur MFG
1000 1171 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Tarapur WH –
Not in Use
Tarapur E Depot
1000 1172 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Bhiwandi Bhiwandi E Depot
1000 1173 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Dombivli
Warehouse
Bhiwandi E Depot
1000 1200 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – RO- Hyderabad Hyderabad ARCH RO
1000 1201 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Merven Unit Hyderabad MFG
1000 1202 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Siddipet Unit Hyderabad MFG
1000 1203 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Sibra Unit Hyderabad MFG
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 25 of 229
![Page 26: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 26 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Company
Code Plant Plant Description Plant Location Activity
1000 1271 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Hyderabad WH-
Not in Use
Hyderabad E Depot
1000 1272 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Sibra WH Hyderabad E Depot
1000 1301 Vitalife Laboratories (A division of Arch
Pharmalabs Ltd)
Gurgaon MFG
1000 1302 Vitalife Laboratories R&D (A divison of
Arch Pharmalabs Ltd)
Gurgaon R&D
1000 1371 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Vitalife
Godown1-Not in use
Gurgaon E Depot
1000 1372 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Vitalife Godown2 Gurgaon E Depot
1000 1471 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Vadodara
Godown
Vadodara NE Depot
1000 1252 Vitalife Laboratories- Sri Krishna
Pharmaceuticals Ltd.
Andhra
Pradesh
LL Plant
1000 1253 Loan Licensing Plant – 2 Andhra
Pradesh
LL Plant
1000 1571 Arch Pharmalabs ltd – Vitalife Bhiwadi
Godown – Not in use
Gurgaon E Depot
1000 1071 Singapore Branch Singapore Depot
3000 3171 Avon Organics Limited – Bhiwandi WH-
Not in Use
Bhiwandi E Depot
3000 3101 Avon Organics Limited – Solapur unit Solapur MFG
3000 3200 Head Office Hyderabad AVON-HO
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 26 of 229
![Page 27: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 27 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Company
Code Plant Plant Description Plant Location Activity
3000 3201 Avon Organics Limited – Sadasivpet
unit
Hyderabad MFG
3000 3251 Logical Port N/A Bonding
3000 3401 Avon Organics Limited – Vadodara unit Vadodara MFG
3.10 Credit Control AreaCredit Control Area is an organizational unit that represents an area responsible for granting
and monitoring credit limit of Customers. Credit information can be made available per
customer within a credit control area.
The following is the Credit Control Area for Arch:
Credit Control Area Description
1000 Arch – Credit Control Area
3000 Avon – Credit Control Area
3.11 Financial Management Area
The Funds Management Area is the organizational unit within an organization, used
to represent a closed system for funds management, budgeting, and budget
execution. The Funds Management Area also contains attributes or settings that
impact master data and/or transactions within the FM Area. FM Area is linked to
Company Code and Controlling area, which will enable integration with all other
organizational units within an enterprise. Funds Management within an Enterprise is
controlled through Master Data called (a) Funds Centers and (b) Commitment Items.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 27 of 229
![Page 28: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 28 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Funds Center represents the organizational areas of responsibility for budgetary
monitoring and reporting. It is linked to Cost Center. Funds Center identifies where in
the organization revenue, expense, and budget are managed, reported, and
controlled. Budget is assigned to Funds Centers and postings can be controlled
against this budget based on the linking of other organizational objects. Funds
Center usually represents the lowest levels of the organization where management
responsibility exists.
Commitment Item represents budget classification. It is used to reflect the type of
revenue and expenditure being budgeted and also to detail balances in FM.
Commitment Items are linked to revenue and expense general ledger accounts, as
well as primary and secondary cost elements. Additionally, Commitment Items may
be created for specific budgetary and carry forward needs. Commitment Item
identifies the business transaction for which budget is consumed.
Essentially commitment items will get mapped to General Ledger Account(s) or
group of GL Accounts based on nature of Expenditure. Commitment hierarchies are
maintained in the preparation of commitment items for the grouping of commitment
items of similar nature and reporting purpose.
The following FM area will be used:
Company Code Financial
Management Area
FM Area Description
1000- Arch Pharmalabs Limited1000 Arch Group FM Area
3000- Avon Organics Limited
Funds Management will be activated in Second Phase after Go-Live.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 28 of 229
![Page 29: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 29 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3.12 Planning Plant and Maintenance Plant
In Plant Maintenance, a distinction is made between the organizational units
"planning plant" and "maintenance plant".
Maintenance plant is the organization in which technical objects and main
work centers can be maintained
In a Planning plant, maintenance task lists are defined for the respective
maintenance plants, material planning is carried out on the basis of bills of
material in task lists and orders, maintenance plans are managed and
scheduled, maintenance notifications are created and maintenance orders
can be handled.
NOTE: Planning Plant and Maintenance plants - both are same i.e. 1101, 1201,
3101
Comp
any
Code
Maintena
nce Plant
Plant Description Maintenan
ce
Planning
Plant
Plant Description
1000 1101
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Tarapur
factory 1101
Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Tarapur factory
1000 1102
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Badlapur
Unit 1102
Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Badlapur Unit
1000 1103 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Taloja G - 1103 Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 29 of 229
![Page 30: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 30 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6 Unit Taloja G - 6 Unit
1000 1104
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Taloja R &
D Unit 1104
Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Taloja R & D Unit
1000 1105
Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur,
Plot- E-64 & E-82 1105
Arch Pharmalabs ltd.
1000 1106
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Dombivali
unit 1106
Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Dombivali unit
1000 1107
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Turbhe R
& D Unit 1107
Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Turbhe R & D Unit
1000 1161
Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur,
Plot- E-81
1105 Arch Pharmalabs ltd
1000 1162
Arch Pharmalabs Ltd- Tarapur,
Plot- E-80
1105 Arch Pharmalabs ltd
1000 1201
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Merven
Unit
1201 Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Merven Unit
1000 1202
Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Siddipet
Unit
1202 Arch Pharmalabs ltd -
Siddipet Unit
1000 1203 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Sibra Unit
1203 Arch Pharmalabs ltd - Sibra
Unit
1000 1301
Vitalife Laboratories (A divison
of Arch Pharmalabs Ltd)
1301 Vitalife Laboratories (A
divison of Arch Pharmalabs
Ltd)
1000 1302
Vitalife Laboratories R&D (A
divison of Arch Pharmalabs Ltd)
1301 Vitalife Laboratories (A
divison of Arch Pharmalabs
Ltd)
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 30 of 229
![Page 31: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 31 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3000 3101
Avon Organics Limited - Solapur
unit
3101 Avon Organics Limited -
Solapur unit
3000 3201
Avon Organics Limited -
Sadasivpet unit
3201 Avon Organics Limited -
Sadasivpet unit
3.13Chart of Account
A chart of accounts provides a framework for the recording of values, in order to ensure an
orderly rendering of accounting data. The general ledger accounts they contain are used by
one or more company codes. Arch will be using the 8 digits as GL Account ID.
Arch will operate under the single chart of accounts that will be centrally maintained.
Chart of Accounts Description
1000 Arch – Chart of Accounts
The numbering logic for Arch GL account, the first digit represented as follows,:
1 - Liabilities
2 - Assets
3 - Revenues
4 & 5- Material Consumption & Manufacturing Expenses
Employee Benefits & Administrative Expenses
Selling Expenses & Interest and other charges
Depreciation, Deferred Expenses & Appropriations
Noted Items
9 - Secondary Cost Elements
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 31 of 229
![Page 32: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 32 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
4 CO Global settingsPosting of Financial Transaction in SAP require the following global settings and the same
has been incorporated in the FI Blue Print
Non-Leading Ledger
Currency
Group Currency
Fiscal year variant
Posting Period variant
Document types
Document numbering
Document posting keys (debit/credit)
Posting period variant to determine the open and close periods
Field Status Group
Exchange Rates
Tax Procedure
For more details refer the FI Business Blue Print under the Chapter “4 Global Settings”
4.1 Real Time Integration CO with FI
During allocations in Controlling, most of the postings will not affect Financial Accounting.
These postings do not update any G/L account transaction figures in General Ledger, they
are posted within Controlling. If, however, an allocation in Controlling leads to a change in
Profit Center or Segment, that is relevant for evaluations in Financial Accounting, a shift
occurs between the affected items in the profit and loss statement. For this reason, this
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 32 of 229
![Page 33: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 33 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
information has to be transferred to Financial Accounting. This reconciliation between
Controlling and Financial Accounting takes place by means of real-time integration.
As a result of real-time integration, all Controlling documents that are relevant for General
Ledger Accounting are transferred from Controlling to General Ledger Accounting in real
time. This means that Financial Accounting is always reconciled with Controlling.
A document is created in Financial Accounting for each posting in Controlling. This means
that the detailed information contained in the CO documents is always available in reports in
New General Ledger Accounting.
Value flows within Controlling that are relevant for General Ledger Accounting – such as
assessments, distributions, confirmations, and CO-internal settlements – are transferred
immediately. The FI documents are posted with the business transaction COFI. They contain
the number of the CO document. This means that you can call up the CO document from the
FI document, and vice versa.
If a document could not be transferred because the posting period was blocked in Financial
Accounting or no account was found, for example, the document is included in a post
processing work-list.
The following variant will be created and assigned to the Company Code 1000 and 3000.
Z001 – Arch CO-FI Real Time Integration Variant
The Variant activated with the scenarios of:
Document Type used to post the CO to FI
Z0 – CO-FI Real Post
Real Time Integration – Active
Account determination – Active
The following integration scenarios will be checked:
Cross – Company Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 33 of 229
![Page 34: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 34 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Cross – Profit Center
Cross – Segment
Cross – Fund
The following Account Assignment will be made:
40190099 CO to FI – Document Splitting
4.2 Controlling Area Versions Versions enable to have independent sets of planning and actual data. In planning, versions
can be used to maintain alternative scenarios based on different assumptions. For example,
the different versions can represent different markets, price and wage increases, or sales
programs.
The plan and actual data for version 0 can be used in plan/actual comparisons and variance
analysis.
The following are Predefined Versions in SAP System:
Version Version name
0 Plan/actual version
1 Plan Version: Change 1
2 Plan Version: Change 2
3 Actual Costs vs. Target Costs
100 PS: Progress Version
110 PS: Forecast Version
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 34 of 229
![Page 35: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 35 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The Versions are used:
Cost Center Accounting
Overhead Orders
Profitability Analysis
Profit Center Accounting
Project Systems
Product Cost Controlling
5 Controlling Master DataThe Master data for Controlling, the following items are covered.
Ref No. Description
1 Cost element
2 Cost Element Groups
3 Cost center
4 Cost Center Groups
5 Activity type
6 Activity type Groups
7 Statistical Key figures
8 Internal Order
9 Internal Order Group
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 35 of 229
![Page 36: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 36 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
10 Profit Center
11 Profit Center Groups
12 Material Master
5.1.1 BBP_CO_MD5.1.1 Cost Elements
The cost element tells the nature and origin of cost. Cost Element is used for entering all
costs within the entire cost accounting system.
Cost element is of two types –
Primary cost element: A primary cost element is an item in a chart of accounts, which is
used within controlling area to record the value-assigned to cost objects.
Secondary cost element: Secondary cost element exists only in Controlling. Second Cost
Element will be used to allocate costs within CO. Secondary cost element will not have any
link to GL in financial accounting.
Important Fields in Cost Elements
Name: The cost element name is used for online displays and evaluations. When create a
primary cost element, the SAP R/3 System uses the corresponding general ledger account
name as the default for the cost element name.
Cost Element category: Number identifying a Cost element category, used only in the
Controlling (CO) component.
Primary Cost Element Categories: The following cost element categories used for primary
cost elements:
Cost Element Category Description
01 Primary costs/cost-reducing revenues
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 36 of 229
![Page 37: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 37 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
11 Revenues
12 Sales deduction
22 External settlement
90 Cost element for balance sheet accounts in Financial
Accounting (Asset Reconciliation account type to check the
budget check)
The Cost element category for the Secondary Cost Elements differ from primary cost
element. For secondary cost element below categories are used.
Cost Element Category Description
21 Internal Settlement
31 Order/project results analysis (For Order Analysis)
41 Overhead Rates
42 Assessment (Allocation purpose)
43 Internal activity allocation (Activity Type purpose)
50 Project Sales Revenues
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 37 of 229
![Page 38: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 38 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Primary Cost elements will be created with reference to General Ledger Accounts, for which
data need to be transferred to Controlling. The list of Primary cost elements will be finalized
based GL Account master data.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 38 of 229
![Page 39: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 39 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The following secondary cost elements will be created in the system to make use of in CO-
Business Process:
Cost Element ID Description
Element Category Descriptin Of Category
90021150 RA-PRIMARY-PS 21 Internal settlement
90021160 RA-SECONDARY-PS 21 Internal settlement
90021170 RA-REVENUE-PS 21 Internal settlement
90021210 MAINTENANCE (PRIMARY 21 Internal settlement
90021220 Settlement Cost Elmt 21 Internal settlement
90021230 MAINTENANCE(INTERNAL 21 Internal settlement
90031100 RA- TECHNICAL 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031110ORDER/PROJECT RESULT 31
Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031120ORDER/PROJECT RESULT 31
Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031130 RESULT ANA-SE 1 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031140 RESULT ANA-SE 2 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031150 COS-REV 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031160 COP-REV 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90031170 PS-REV COST ELEMENT 31Order/project results analysis for Calculation of WIP
90041100 ADMIN OVERHEADS 41To Allocate Overhead Through Cost Sheet
90041110 SELLING OVERHEADS 41To Allocate Overhead Through Cost Sheet
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 39 of 229
![Page 40: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 40 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
90042100 ASSMT-POWER COST 42 Assessment90042110 QUALITY COST 42 Assessment90042120 UTILITIES COST 42 Assessment90042130 FACTORY SERVICES 42 Assessment
90043110OVERHEAD-MACHINEHOUR 43
Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043120 OVERHEAD-LABOUR-INTE 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043130 OVERHEAD-LABOUR-EXT 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043140 OVERHEAD-POWER 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043150 OVERHEAD-WATER 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043160 OVERHEAD- FUEL 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043170 Overhead-Liquid Nitrogen 43Internal activity allocation For Process Orders
90043210 REPAIR INTERNAL LABO 43Internal activity allocation For Maintenance Orders
90043220 REPAIR EXTERNAL LABO 43Internal activity allocation For Maintenance Orders
90043310RESOURC COST-CHEMIST 43
Internal activity allocation for Project Systems
90043320RESOURCE -GROUP LEAD 43
Internal activity allocation for Project Systems
90043330 RESR COST-SCIENTIST 43Internal activity allocation for Project Systems
5.1.2 BBP_CO_MD5.1.2 Cost Element Groups
Cost elements will be grouped for the purpose of allocation, planning, analysis and reporting.
One cost element can be assigned to multiple groups, based on the reporting requirements.
The following are some of the Cost Element Groups for Arch:
Cost Element Group Description
GENCOSTS General costs
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 40 of 229
![Page 41: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 41 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
MATCOST Material Cost (A1Settlement Structure)
OTH COST Other Costs (A1 Allocation Structure)
PERSONNEL Personnel Costs - A1 Source Structure
PM_001 ZM-Material Cost - Allocation Structure
PM_003 ZM External procurement -Allocation Stru
PM_005 ZM Personnel costs- Allocation Structure
PM_009 ZM Miscellaneous costs-Allocation Stru
PM_020 ZM Activity allocation- Allocation Stru
PM_025 PM Settlement Group
COPAINVREV CO-PA Inventory Revaluation Elements
REVENUE Revenue Cost Element Group
SECCOST Secondary Costs
5.1.3 BBP_CO_MD5.1.3 Cost Center
Cost center is the smallest organizational unit within the company’s overall organizational
structure which collects cost for the purpose allocation, analysis and reporting.
Creation of new Cost Center: Whenever a new Cost Center is to be created, the Cost
Center Group and the Profit Center for the same would have to be determined.
Change Cost Center: It will be possible to change the Cost Center Group for a Cost Center
in case the need arises.
Delete Cost Center: Cost Center can be deleted if there are no actual postings and if there
are no plan data for the same
Cost center will be codified in 10 digits and the following convention will be adopted:
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 41 of 229
![Page 42: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 42 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Profit CenterCost Group
Cost Center
increment number
Cost Center Hierarchy -1000STD has been maintained for Arch Pharmalabs Limited as
given as Annexure-A to this document.
Important Fields in Cost Center
Person responsible : Person responsible for the given cost center
Cost Center category: Cost center categories determine the type of activity /
department of the Cost Center belong to. For each category, default values can be
transferred to the master, for “Lock" and "Record quantity" indicators. Maintain these
indicators only if the entry diverges from the default cost center category.
The following are the Standard Cost Center Categories:
E Development
F Production
G Logistics
H Service cost center
L Management
M Material
S Social
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 42 of 229
![Page 43: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 43 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
V Sales
W Administration
Department: In this field, enter the name of the department to which the cost center
belongs. Then it can be used for evaluations
Hierarchy Area: under which hierarchy group the cost center going to be creating.
Company Code: For which company code cost center is created (1000 or 3000)
Profit center: The actual postings made to the Cost Center are updated to this Profit
Center – As per the requirement.
5.1.4 BBP_CO_MD5.1.4 Cost Centre Groups
To combine similar cost centers to form cost center groups. You may then combine similar
groups into further groups to create a cost center hierarchy
You can use cost center groups:
In the information system to create reports for selected cost centers
To process multiple cost centers in a single transaction:
Cost center planning
Distribution
Assessment
Maintain the standard hierarchy for controlling area in the master data.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 43 of 229
![Page 44: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 44 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.5 BBP_CO_MD5.1.5 Activity Types
The Activity Type classifies the specific activities that are provided by one or more Cost
Centers. If a Cost Center provides activities for other Cost Centers, Orders, Processes, etc.
then it implies that its resource is being used. The costs of these resources need to be
allocated to these receivers of the activity. Activity Types serve as the tracing factors for this
cost allocation. To plan and allocate the activities, the system records quantities that are
measured in activity units. The Activity Types are created as below:
Important Fields Activity Unit: For production related activity type unit of measure “hour” is used.
Cost Center categories: Indicator determining for which cost center types an activity type is allowed for planning and as a sender in internal activity allocation.
List of Activity TypesActivity ID Activity Description UOM SCE
1100 Machine Hours HR 90043110
1200 Overhead-Labour-Inte HR 90043120
1300 Overhead-Labour Exte HR 90043130
1400 Power KWH 90043140
1500 Water (Lts) L 90043150
1600 Fuel (KG) KG 90043160
1700 Liquid Nitrogen KG 90043170
2100 Maint. Internal HR 90043210
2200 Maint. External HR 90043220
3100 Resource Cost-Chemist HR 90043310
3200 Resource Cost-Scient HR 90043320
3300 Resource Cost-Group HR 90043330
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 44 of 229
![Page 45: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 45 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.6 BBP_CO_MD5.1.6 Activity type groups
Activity type groups will be created for the purpose of analysis and reporting. The following
are the Activity Groups for Arch:
Activity Type group Name
1000 Arch - Activity Group (Production Group)
2000 Arch – Activity Group (Maintenance)
3000 Arch – Activity Group (Project)
5.1.7 BBP_CO_MD5.1.7 Statistical key Figures
Statistical key figures serve as a basis for internal allocations and as references in the key
figure analysis framework.
Till now, the following Statistical Key Figures are identified. Additional SKF’s will be kept in
KDS.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 45 of 229
Statistical Key Figure
NameUOM
10 PS: Non-aggregated Percent of completion
20 PS: Aggregated Percent of completion
30 PS: Results Analysis % of completion
EMPLYE No of Employees No
EFLUEN Affluent Generated NO
No of Batches No
SOLVEN Solvent Processed Kgs
![Page 46: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 46 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.8 BBP_CO_MD5.1.8 Internal Order
Internal Orders are used to plan, collect and settle the cost of specific activity or task. They
can be monitored through their entire life-cycle i.e. from their initial creation, the planning and
posting of actual costs and the final settlement wherever required.
Statistical Internal Orders can be used for monitoring objects in Cost Accounting whereas
real orders will be used to capture and monitor the costs, as a cost object.
Internal order Type Z001 – is being used for the purpose of capital assets purchasing,
without Project Systems, for monitoring of budget.
Internal order Type Z005 – Statistical postings, is being used to create the internal orders, to
capture the additional details, vehicles, telephone, etc. These internal orders will be used
along with cost center, to capture the cost each sub-element wise (i.e. Telephone or Vehicle
as the case may be).
5.1.9 BBP_CO_MD5.1.9 Profit Centers
A profit center is a management oriented organizational unit used for internal controlling
purposes. Dividing company into profit centers allows to analyze areas of responsibility and
to delegate responsibility to decentralized units, thus treating them as “companies within the
company”.
Important fields in Profit CenterProfit Center Group: The standard hierarchy is a tree structure which displays the
organization of all the profit centers in one controlling area. Each profit center must be
assigned to a node in the standard hierarchy for its controlling area. This ensures that the
standard hierarchy contains all the profit centers in the controlling area.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 46 of 229
![Page 47: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 47 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Profit centers will be created each company code, Product and Location combination. This
will be assigned in the respective master data. The profit center will be 6 digits and the
following convention will be followed:
1 2 3 4 5 6
Plant / Location Product / Common /
Corporate Group
Profit Centers for the Arch Pharmalabs Limited (1000) and Avon Organics are being placed
in the Annexure B.
5.1.10 BBP_CO_MD5.1.10 Material Master
Material master will be created part of the Logistics module.
For more details on the material types and material master refer the Business Blue Print
“BBP_MM_MD_BP01: Material Master”
Some of the important fields need to be updated in the Material master Costing Views ; the
same has been discussed below.
Important fields in Costing View
Origin Group: The combination of Cost Element and Origin Group is being updated in the
Cost Component Structure. ARCH will be using Origin Groups for some of the key Material.
This enables the analysis of material costs in the information system in more detail.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 47 of 229
![Page 48: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 48 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Define calculation bases for determination of overhead rates for particular material
groups.
Define cost components in product costing for particular material groups.
Create rules for activating work in process for each material group.
The following are the Origin Groups assigned in the Material Master:
1001 – Key Material
1002 – Solvents
Material Origin: Origin group is a subdivision of Cost Element. When material costs are
calculated, each material is given a general ledger account to post the consumptions and
thus is assigned to a primary cost element. If origin group is maintained in the material
master, the combination of source group and cost element is updated.
If this indicator is selected, the material number will be written to the cost element itemization
in Controlling.
Based on this key, Cost of the materials will to be identified in a different line item, in cost
component structure.
With Quantity Structure: This indicator determines whether the material is costed using
costing with or without a quantity structure.
If you always cost your materials (including raw materials) using costing with quantity
structure, you should turn on this indicator. This improves performance, because the system
does not search in vain for existing cost estimates without a quantity structure for every
material when it explodes the BOM. Therefore, only turn on this indicator if you normally cost
the materials using costing without quantity structure.
Regardless of the setting, you can cost a single material with or without quantity structure.
However, you should bear in mind that this setting is always used in the Costing Run.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 48 of 229
![Page 49: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 49 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Meaning of Quantity Structure: Quantity structure means the combination of a bill of material
and a routing for the material to be costed. When you create a cost estimate for a material, you
always use a costing variant. This variant is the link between the cost estimate and the quantity
structure control
Variance Key: A key that ensures the object is selected during variance calculation. Also
controls whether scrap costs are reported in a separate category.
Variances can only be calculated for the orders for which a variance key has been entered.
This key is defaulted through the costing view in the material master record. If the variance
key is activated variance calculation in the variance key, the value of the scrap is calculated
at target cost and subtracted from the actual costs before the variances are determined.
Standard Variance Key “000001- Variance Calculation for orders” will be used.
Costing lot size is used as the basis for costing of the material. The base quantity of the Bill
of Material should be maintained as the Costing lot size. BOM Header quantity will be
Created for the same quantity as costing lot size.
In standard Functionality direct validation is not possible with the costing lot size and BOM
header quantity. An enhancement need to be written in consultation with the PP Team.
Do not Cost the material is excluded from selection and BOM explosion, so that no cost
component split will be created by the costing process. The following is not possible, if this is
activated:
Material cost estimate
Sales order cost estimate
Profit Center- In the material master profit center will be assigned. Based on the
assignment, while posting the financial transactions for the material movement, system will
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 49 of 229
![Page 50: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 50 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
determine the Profit Center, automatically from the Material master. Based on the material /
product segment, relevant profit center need to be assigned in the Material Master.
5.1.10.1 Raw / Packing and Lab Chemicals These materials are procured from the External vendor through Purchase order Process.
The material can be procured different source of supply and need to be classified based on
its duties / tax payment status. To meet this requirement, these materials are maintained
based on the following split valuation types:
Raw Materials
o Domestic purchase
o Domestic Excise Paid (excise inventorised)
o Imported purchase (Customs duty paid)
o Imported purchases (against advance license – No customs duty payment )
Lab Chemicals
o Domestic purchase
o Imported purchase
Packing Materials
o Domestic purchase
The price control for all the above materials are “V” Moving Average Price.
5.1.10.2 Semi-finished and Finished GoodsIn general goods which are manufactured internally are known as Semifinished goods or
Finished goods, based on its stage of manufacturing. In case of Arch some of the materials
are manufactured internally and purchased from external source. In view of this it is decided
to use a common material code, whether manufactured or procured. To identify the source
of the material, it has been decided to have the split valuation for the materials.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 50 of 229
![Page 51: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 51 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
In case of Semi-finished goods the following are the split valuation types and their price
control as follows:
Inhouse – Manufacturing - S
Domestic – Job work - V
Domestic – Purchase - V
Imported – Purchase - V
In case of Finished goods the following are the split valuation types and their price control as
follows:
Inhouse – Manufacturing - S
Domestic Purchase - V
Imported Purchase - V
For some of the CRAMS products, Price Control will be maintained as V in the
manufacturing plant even though these material are Semi Finished/Finished materials. In all
the Depots the price control will be maintained as ‘V’ for all material types.
5.1.10.3 Allied Products
Arch procuring some of the materials, based on the market demands and supplying to
customers and these materials are not manufactured internally. These materials are
identified as Allied Products and received in Depots and sold to the customers from depots.
In case of Allied Products the following are the split valuation types and their price control as
follows:
Domestic Purchase - V
Imported Purchase - V
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 51 of 229
![Page 52: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 52 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.10.4 Stores and Spares / Operating SuppliesSpares and Operating supplies are in the nature of maintenance materials. Some of the
spares and consumables are being stored in the stores and consumed based on the
maintenance schedule or breakdown maintenance. Some of the materials are used as
regular consumption i.e. Consumables, Fuel, Coal, etc.,
In case of Stores and Spares the following are the split valuation types and their price control
as follows:
Domestic Purchase - V
Imported Purchase - V
In case of Operating supplies the following are the split valuation types and their price
control as follows:
Domestic Purchase - V
Imported Purchase - V
Power / Fuel / Diesel - V
5.1.10.5 Capital – Inventory
Some of the materials, for construction of fixed assets and maintained as inventory, in the
stores. As and when required by the Project Engineering Department, stores department will
issue the goods to the project. All these nature of materials are created under the material
type Capital inventory. These materials can be procured locally and imported.
In case of Capital Items the following are the split valuation types and their price control as
follows:
Domestic Purchase - V
Imported Purchase - V
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 52 of 229
![Page 53: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 53 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.10.6 Material Types, Valuation Type, Valuation Class
MTyp ValCatVal. Type ValCl Prc
ZCAP H DOM 7000 VZCAP H IMP 7050 VZFIN A DOM 4050 VZFIN A IMP 4100 VZFIN A JOB 4025 VZFIN A MFG 4000 SZINT A DOM 3100 VZINT A IMP 3150 VZINT A IMPAL 3150 VZINT A JOB 3050 VZINT A MFG 3000 SZLAB H DOM 1100 VZLAB H IMP 1150 VZOPS 6500 VZOPS H DOM 6100 VZOPS H IMP 6150 V
ZPKG H DOM 1200 VZPKG H IMP 1250 VZRAW H DOM 1000 VZRAW H DOMEP 1000 V
ZRAW H IMP 1050 VZRAW H IMPAL 1050 V
ZSPA H DOM 6000 V
ZSPA H IMP 6050 VZTRG H DOM 4500 VZTRG H IMP 4550 V
PlntProfit Ctr AAG Depot
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 53 of 229
![Page 54: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 54 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1071 107110 10 X1071 107120 20 X1071 107190 90 X1100 110000 0 X1100 110010 10 X1100 110020 20 X1100 110051 51 X1100 110052 51 X1101 110110 10 1101 110120 20 1101 110131 31 1101 110132 32 1102 110210 10 1102 110220 20 1102 110231 31 1102 110232 32
1102 110290 90 1103 110310 10 1103 110320 20 1103 110331 31
1103 110332 32 1103 110390 90
1104 110451 51 X
1104 110452 51 X1105 110510 10 1105 110520 20 1105 110531 31 1105 110532 32 1105 110590 90 1106 110610 10 1106 110620 20 1106 110631 31 1106 110632 32
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 54 of 229
![Page 55: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 55 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1107 110731 31 1107 110732 32 1151 115110 10 X1151 115120 20 X1151 115190 90 X1161 110510 10 1161 110520 20 1161 110531 31 1161 110532 32 1162 110510 10 1162 110520 20 1162 110531 31 1162 110532 32 1171 117110 10 X1171 117120 20 X1171 117190 90 X1172 117210 10 X1172 117220 20 X1172 117290 90 X1173 117310 10 X1173 117320 20 X1173 117390 90 X1200 120000 0 1201 120110 10 1201 120131 31 1201 120132 32 1202 120210 10 1202 120231 31 1202 120232 32 1203 120310 10 1203 120320 20 1203 120331 31 1203 120332 32 1203 120390 90 1252 125220 20 X
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 55 of 229
![Page 56: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 56 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1253 125320 20 X1271 127110 10 X1271 127120 20 X1271 127190 90 X1272 127210 10 X1272 127220 20 X1272 127290 90 X1301 130110 10 1301 130120 20 1301 130131 31 1301 130132 32 1301 130190 90 1302 130252 51 X1371 137110 10 X1371 137120 20 X1371 137190 90 X1372 137210 10 X1372 137220 20 X1372 137290 90 X1471 147110 10 X1471 147120 20 X1471 147190 90 X1571 157110 10 X1571 157120 20 X1571 157190 90 X3101 310110 10 3101 310120 20 3101 310131 31 3101 310132 32 3101 310190 90 3171 317110 10 X3171 317120 20 X3171 317190 90 X3200 320000 0 X3200 320010 10 X
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 56 of 229
![Page 57: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 57 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3200 320020 20 X3201 320110 10 3201 320131 31 3201 320132 32 3251 325110 10 X3251 325120 20 X3251 325190 90 X3401 340110 10 X3401 340120 20 X3401 340190 90 X
GAP-(ABAP-Enhancement): While creating/Changing the Material, standard SAP
system will not do the validation with the above combination. For this purpose
enhancement need to the written
5.1.11 Controlling Master Data – Business Process Steps and Transactions
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Primary Cost
Element
KA01 /
KA02 / KA03
GL Account
Number
Validity Period
Cost Element
Type
Primary Cost
Element will be
created
CO User
FI Master
User
GL account
must be
created in the
system
2 Secondary Cost
Element
KA06 CO User No GL
Account
created with
same ID
3 Delete Cost
Element
KA04 Cost Element
Number
Cost Element
will be deleted
CO BPO No postings
should made
4 Display Changes to
Cost Element
KA05 CO User
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 57 of 229
![Page 58: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 58 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5 Cost Element
Group
KAH1 / KAH2
/ KAH3
Group ID
Group Name
Assign the Cost
Elements
CO User
6 Cost Center
Standard Hierarchy
OKEON /
OKENN
Controlling Are Controlling
Area Standard
Hierarchy
CO BPO
7 Cost Center KS01 /
KS02 /
KS03
External 10 digit
Code
Validity Date &
other master
data
Cost Center is
created or
displayed in
the screen
CO User Cost
authorization
need to be
maintained
8 Delete Cost center KS04 CO BPO If the postings
are not made
can be deleted
9 Display Changes to
Cost Center
KS05 CO User
10 Cost Center Groups KSH1 /
KSH2 /
KSH3
External ID
Assign the cost
centers
CO User
11 Activity Types KL01 /
KL02 /
KL03
4 Digit External
number
CO User
12 Delete Activity Type KL04 CO BPO
13 Display changes to
Activity Type
KL05 CO User
14 Activity Groups KLH1 /
KLH2 /
KLH3
Group ID
Assign Activity
Types
CO User
15 Statistical key
Figures
KK01 / 4 Digit code for CO User
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 58 of 229
![Page 59: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 59 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
KK02 /
KK03
Cost Center
16 Delete Statistical
key Figures
KK03DEL CO BPO No postings
17 Profit Center
Standard Hierarchy
KCH1 /
KCH5N
KCH6N
Standard
Hierarchy
COBPO
18 Profit Centers KE51 /
KE52 /
KE53
6 Digit Code for
profit center
CO User
19 Delete Profit Center KE54 Profit center to
delete
CO User No postings
20 Display Profit
Center Changes
6KEA Change in the a
report
CO User
21 Profit Center
Groups
KCH1 /
KCH2 /
KCH3
Profit Center
Group ID
CO User
22 Internal Orders KO01 /
KO02
KO03
Order type
IO Number
CO User
23 Internal Order
Groups
KOH1 /
KOH2 /
KOH3
Group ID
Assign the IO
CO User Will be used in
reporting
24 Material Master MM01
MM02 /
MM03
Material Type
Industrial Sector
Plant
Valuation Type,
etc.,
Material
Master will be
maintained
MM Master
User
Display to
CO User
Need to be
maintained all
the relevant
views
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 59 of 229
![Page 60: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 60 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5.1.12 Controlling Master data – Integration:
The following are the integration points:
Sl No Module Details
1 FI To create the Primary Cost Elements, it is required to have the corresponding
General Ledger Account in the FI System.
Cost center and Profit center will be assigned corresponding Company code.
Profit Center is being for financial reporting
2 MM Material Master is being created in Material Management module. Costing
Views will be extended to the materials. When Standard Cost Estimate is
released from CO Module, the same will be updated into the Material master.
And material valuation will be carried out accordingly.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 60 of 229
![Page 61: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 61 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6 Business Processes – Controlling
6.1 Business Process Scenario
Organization Structure from CO perspective
The following are the business Processes considered in Controlling:
Cost Element Accounting
Cost Centre Accounting
Internal Order Accounting
Product Cost Controlling
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 61 of 229
Operating Concern -1000
Controlling Area - 1000
Company Code-1000 Company Code-3000
30003000
Assignment of company code – controlling –operating concerns
prospective
![Page 62: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 62 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Profit Centre Accounting
Profitability Analysis
6.2 System Considerations
The following considerations will be taken in Controlling:
Cost elements
Activity Types
Controlling Versions
Statistical Key figures
Planning Profile
Assessment and Distribution cycles
Internal order types
Budget Profiles
Costing Variant
Cost Component Structure
Base Planning object
Settlement profiles
Result Analysis Version
Allocation Structures
Characteristics and Value Fields in Profitability Analysis
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 62 of 229
![Page 63: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 63 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3 Solution in detail
Business process in Overhead cost management:
6.3.1 BBP_CO_BP6.3.1 Cost Element Accounting
Cost Element Accounting is the part of accounting where you enter and organize costs
incurred during a settlement period. It is thus not an accounting system as such, but rather a
detailed recording of data that forms the basis for cost accounting.
In an integrated accounting system such as the SAP ECC 6.0 System, you do not need to
enter cost data in a special way. This is because each business transaction relevant to cost
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 63 of 229
Cost element accounting
Budget and planning of order for
different business process
Settlement of order to
different R/3 objects
Cost element creations
Period end closing
activities
Internal order management
Using cost elements for
different business process
Cost center accounting Cost center planning
with activity types
![Page 64: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 64 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
accounting provides the (CO) component with detailed information for the cost element, and
for the account assignment object itself. Each consumption transaction in Material
Management (MM), each billing in Sales and Distribution (SD) (= revenue), and each
external transaction for invoice verification flows directly through the G/L Account (= cost
element) to the corresponding account assignment object.
It is a prerequisite to create relevant general ledger accounts in FI, in order to create
corresponding primary cost elements in CO. Examples for primary cost elements are
material costs, salary costs. To be able to post to a primary cost element, We require cost
carrying object such cost centre or internal order etc. to identify the origin of the cost.
Secondary cost elements are used exclusively in CO to record internal value flows like
assessments, activity allocations and settlements. Secondary cost elements can be created
only in Controlling and they do not have any corresponding general ledger accounts in FI.
Cost and revenue elements (Accounts) describe the origin of costs, revenues. Cost
elements are defined as either primary cost elements or secondary cost elements.
Cost Element Groups are created to group together the cost elements of similar kind of
nature to process the cost elements collectively in cost centre planning, assessment etc.
The cost elements can be created in the system automatically or manually. If a new GL
Account is created, based on the category mentioned in the system, Cost Element can be
created automatically.
For more details on General Ledger Master record details, refer the FI Business Blue Print
“5.1.1. FI Master Data – General Ledger “
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 64 of 229
![Page 65: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 65 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The following is the sample list, of GL account assignment to create the Cost element
automatically. Based on finalization of GL Account Master necessary values will be
maintained, based on the requirement. Otherwise Cost elements will be created manually.
Account From Account To Cost Element Category
21311000 23109900 90 Statistical
21111000 21124300 90 Statistical
31010010 31040010 11 Revenues
31040020 31040050 11 Revenues
40111000 40111000 01 Primary costs
40111010 40111040 01 Primary costs
40111055 40121050 01 Primary costs
40121065 40131100 01 Primary costs
40131110 40141150 01 Primary costs
40151200 40173230 01 Primary costs
40173245 40173245 01 Primary costs
40173255 40173255 01 Primary costs
40173275 40173310 01 Primary costs
40184005 40184005 01 Primary costs
40184055 40184055 01 Primary costs
40184105 40184170 01 Primary costs
40313900 41101160 01 Primary costs
41101180 41108050 01 Primary costs
41199990 41199990 22 External Settlement
42101010 51130040 01 Primary costs
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 65 of 229
![Page 66: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 66 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1. Normal Material Consumption Accounts - (Primary Cost Element Category- 1).
Process Order will be the cost object.
2. Job Work Out Accounts (Sub-contracting ) (Account Key - BSV, FRL, VBO) – No
Cost Elements
3. Input Materials Variance Accounts – price variance (PRD), Scrapping (VNG),
inventory variance (INV) – Cost Element type 1. Default Cost Center derivations will
be maintained to trigger the cost centre based on the plant.
4. Revaluation (UMB) will be triggered to CO-PA as CO Object.
5. Input Materials Sampling Cost Accounts – (VQP, VQY) – cost elements will be
created. Default cost centre will be derived based on Plant.
6. Small Difference Posting – (DIF) – No Cost Element
7. Purchase (EIN) / Purchase offsetting (EKG) – Purchase Freight (FRE)- No Cost
Element
8. Goods Receipt against process order – (GBB-AUF), Process order Settlement –
GBB- AUA - Cost Element will be created – (Primary Cost Element Category- 1).
Process Order will be the Cost Object.
9. Manufactured Materials Variance Accounts – price variance (PRD), inventory
variance (INV), Scrapping (VNG) – Primary Cost Element Category -1. Process
Order will be the Cost object
10. Manufactured Materials Sampling Cost Accounts – (VQP, VQY) – cost elements will
be created. Process Order will act as Cost Object.
11. Manufactured Small Difference Posting – (DIF) – No Cost Element
12. Goods issue to Cost Center – GL account will be proposed by system based on the
consumption account. Cost object will be assigned manually in the screen.
13. General ledger account relating to Calculated WIP Account will not be created as a
cost element.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 66 of 229
![Page 67: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 67 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
14. General ledger accounts relating to Production Variances will be created as cost
elements, (Primary Cost Element Category- 1). Process Order will be the Cost
Object.
15. “Make to Stock Scenario “- General ledger accounts relating to ‘Cost of Goods Sold’
posted without account assignments, will not be created as Cost Elements. (Account
Key VAX).
16. “Make to Order Scenario“- General ledger accounts relating to ‘Cost of Goods Sold’
posted with account assignments, will be created as Cost Elements. (Account Key
VAY / VKA /VKP). This is required in case of Make to Order / Make to Project
scenario. (Primary Cost Element Category- 1). The Concerned Project/Sales Order
will be the Cost Object.
17. Without Reference – Goods Receipt – (ZOB 501 / ZOF-521/531).Cost Elements will
be created. User will enter the cost center manually.
18. General Ledger Accounts between 30000000 & 39999999 will be recognized as
revenue elements. CO-PA acts as CO Object.
19. Sales Deduction accounts, if any(like Sales Discount) will be created with Cost
element category 12. CO-PA acts as CO Object.
The following are the list of GL Accounts, for which Cost Elements will not be created as per
Arch Requirements.
Chart Of Acts GL Acct. GL Description
1000 32060010 Asset Sale Clearing1000 40111005 Cons of RM - Dom for JW1000 40111050 COGS of Input Materials – Dom1000 40121055 Cons of RM - Imp for JW1000 40121060 COGS of Input Materials – Imp1000 40131105 Cons of Lab Chemi-Dom for JW1000 40141155 Cons of Lab Chem-Imp for JW1000 40151205 Cons of PM - Dom for JW1000 40161255 Cons- PM-Imp-JW1000 40173005 Cons of Semi Finished - Mfg for JW
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 67 of 229
![Page 68: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 68 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1000 40173050 Cons of Semi Finished – JW1000 40184106 Cons of Finished Goods - JW in JW1000 40173110 Cons of Semi Finished Goods-Dom-JW1000 40173160 Cons of Semi Finished Goods-Imp-JW1000 40173230 Chg. in Inv. - Semi Finished – JW1000 40173240 COGS - Semi Finished – Mfg1000 40173250 COGS - Semi Finished – Dom1000 40173260 COGS - Semi Finished – Imp1000 40173270 COGS - Semi Finished – JW1000 40184000 COGS of Finished Goods – Mfg1000 40184050 COGS of Finished Goods – Dom1000 40184100 COGS of Finished Goods – Imp1000 40173330 COGS - Packing Material - Dom1000 40173350 COGS - Packing Material-Imp1000 40184025 COGS-Finished Goods-JW1000 41101175 COGS-Stores & Spares-Imp1000 40199900 Change in Work in Process1000 40211000 Purchase - Raw Materials – Dom1000 40211010 Purchase-Delivery Cost1000 40211050 Purchase - Raw Materials – Imp1000 40211100 Purchase - Lab Chemicals – Dom1000 40211150 Purchase - Lab Chemicals – Imp1000 40211200 Purchase - Packing Materials-Dom1000 40211250 Purchase - Packing Materials-Imp1000 40213100 Purchase - Semi Finished Goods-Dom1000 40213150 Purchase - Semi Finished Goods-Imp1000 40214050 Purchase - Finished Goods – Dom1000 40214100 Purchase - Finished Goods – Imp1000 40216000 Purchase - Stores & Spares – Dom1000 40216050 Purchase - Stores & Spares – Imp1000 40216100 Purchase - Consumables – Dom1000 40216150 Purchase - Consumables – Imp1000 40216500 Purchase - Power & Fuel1000 40217000 Purchase - Capital Items – Dom1000 40217050 Purchase - Capital Items – Imp1000 40220100 Purchase Off-Setting A/c1000 41101170 COGS of Stores & Spares1000 41108060 Material Small difference account1000 42207010 Donations1000 42209010 Directors Sitting Fees1000 42212010 Profit \ Loss on sale of asset1000 42212020 Profit \ Loss on sale of Investment
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 68 of 229
![Page 69: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 69 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
1000 42213050 Listing Fees1000 42213060 ROC Fees1000 42213070 AGM Expenses1000 42404030 Interest & Penalty-Service Tax & Excise1000 42404040 Interest paid- Others1000 42505010 Exch. Fluct. G/ L – Export1000 42505020 Exch. Fluct. G/ L – Import1000 42505030 Exch. Fluct. G/ L – Loan1000 42505040 Exch. Fluct. G/ L ( Unrealised) - Export1000 42505050 Exch. Fluct. G/ L ( Unrealised) - Import1000 42505059 Exch. Fluct. G/ L ( Unrealised)-Others1000 42505060 Exch. Fluct. G/ L ( Unrealised) – Loan1000 43110100 Foreign Cur Monetary Item Trans Diff - W1000 44110010 Prior Year Expenses1000 51110010 Provision for Taxation1000 51110020 Provision for Deferred tax1000 51110030 Short/Excess Provision for Taxation1000 51120010 Transfer to Debenture Redemption Reserve1000 51120020 Transfer To General Reserve1000 51130010 Dividend-Equity1000 51130020 Dividend Tax - Equity Shares1000 51130030 Dividend - Preference Shares1000 51130040 Dividend Tax – Preferance Shares
6.3.2 BPP_CO_BP6.3.2 - Cost Centre Accounting
Cost Centre Accounting would be used for controlling purposes within an organization. Cost
Centre Accounting lets you analyze the overhead costs according to where they were
incurred within the organization.
To assign overhead costs accurately to individual products, services or market segments,
further allocation of costs to those cost centers directly involved in the creation of the
products or services is needed. We can then use different methods to assign the activities
and costs to the relevant products, services and market segments from these cost centers.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 69 of 229
![Page 70: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 70 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The costs of each cost-accounting-relevant business transaction portrayed in the SAP ECC
System can be assigned through Cost and Revenue Element Accounting (CO-OM-CEL) to
an account assignment object in the Controlling component (CO). For overhead costs this
can be cost centers, internal orders, business processes or overhead projects.
GAP(ABAP-Enhancement): Standard authorizations are not available to restrict the users
to post only to authorized cost centers. If the cost centre authorization is needed, validation
by exit will to be activated.
6.3.2.1 Cost Center PlanningCost centre planning involves entering plan figures for costs, activities, or statistical key
figures for a particular cost centre and a particular planning period. You can then determine
the variances from these figures when you come to compare these plan values with the
costs actually incurred.
6.3.2.2 Activity Type Planning
Activity types are used to determine the quantity-based output of a cost center. The plan
activity quantities of production and service cost centers must be reconciled with the master
production schedule of Process Orders. This determines the required plan activity quantity,
as well as the plan capacity.
Secondary Resources will facilitate the following.
In standard SAP in an operation we can assign 6 Activities in an operation.
Secondary Resource will facilitate to have this facility.
It will absorb the costs from the same cost centre, in which the costs were incurred.
No need to do separate assessment cycles for the sake of this.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 70 of 229
![Page 71: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 71 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Cost Split will be avoided.
Better control over the Utility cost as variable cost.
The following are the Activity Types Identified for Product Costing:
SL No Activity Type Activity Type Description
1 1100 Machine Hours
2 1200 Labour Hours – Internal
3 1300 Labour Hours – External
4 1400 Power Units
5 1500 Water
6 1600 Fuel
7 1700 LIQUID NITROGEN
Activity types are used primarily to control the activity quantities on the cost centers. This
enables to measure the operating planned rate or the rate of capacity utilization of a cost
center.
In Cost Center Accounting, activity types can be defined uniquely using the bases “Plan
activity”, “Capacity”, “Output quantity”, “Price” and “Equivalence number” for each production
cost center wise. The price can be calculated by the system or entered manually.
Plan Activity Quantities in the following characteristics :
Version
From Period - To Period
Fiscal Year
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 71 of 229
![Page 72: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 72 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Cost Center Range
Activity Type Range
Plan Cost Center Vs. Activity Type combination, the Plan Activity and Capacity Activity,
quantities. As the Activity independent costs (Service Cost Center costs) will be absorbed
through Machine Hours, keep the Equivalence Number as one for Machine hour and rest of
the activity types (Labour, Power, Water and Fuel) the Equivalence Numbers should be
Zero.
The following are the Activity Types Identified for Maintenance and planning will be carried
out similarly as Activity Dependent Planning:
Activity ID Activity Description UOM SCE
2100 Repair Internal Labor HR 90043210
2200 Repair External Labour HR 90043220
The following are the Activity Types are Identified for R & D Cost monitoring and planning
will be carried out similarly as Activity Dependent Planning:
Activity ID Activity Description UOM SCE
3100 Resource Cost-Chemist HR 90043310
3200 Resource Cost-Scientist HR 90043320
3300 Resource Cost-Group HR 90043330
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 72 of 229
![Page 73: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 73 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.2.3 Activity Dependent Overhead Planning
Activity – Dependent cost planning for primary costs will be made, based on the following
combinations:
Cost Center
Activity Type
Cost Elements
Some of the cost can be directly identifiable in the above combinations. This involves
entering the planned costs that arise from the consumption of goods, services procured
externally, expenses incurred. The planned figures will be entered in the local currency INR
using the following versions.
Version Description
0 Plan / actual Version
Overheads will be planned, in this activity. The overheads can be Fixed or Variable. The
following Cost Center / Cost Center groups will be planned Activity Dependent planning (i.e:
those are associated with production resource).
Example for plant 1101:
Cost Center Group / Cost Center Cost Element Group
Activity Type Remarks
1101101005, 10,20
etc
Direct Costs – overhead cost
element groups - of Labour 1200 & 1300
Primary resource
activities
1101105005,
1101105020,
1101105045
Direct Costs – overhead cost
element groups - of Utility
related
1400, 1500,
1600
Secondary resource
activities
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 73 of 229
![Page 74: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 74 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Activity Dependent Planning for Secondary Resource:-
Some of the service cost center costs are directly allocable / identifiable to the product lines.
These costs are being transferred to products through service Activity Type. These service
cost are being planned to Service cost center Vs. Activity Type. These service cost center
and activity type will be used in the Secondary Resource of Product Recipe. Based on the
Secondary Resource assignment, cost will be absorbed by the product. Since the Secondary
Resource does not allow to confirm the from the same plants, these need to be created at
the HO plants.
6.3.2.4 Activity Independent Overhead Planning Activity – independent cost planning for primary costs without referring to specific Activity
Types. This involves entering the planned costs that arise from the consumption of goods
and services procured externally and indirect overheads, to be distributed to Production cost
centers. The planned figures will be entered in the local currency INR using the following
Versions in the following combinations:
Version
Period From – To
Fiscal Year
Cost Centers or Cost Center Groups
Cost Elements or Cost Element Groups
The Activity-independent primary costs are planned for the combination of Cost Centers and
Cost Elements. The costs will be initially planned for the whole fiscal year and equally
distributed among the various periods or based on the distribution key or manual distribution
among the periods.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 74 of 229
![Page 75: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 75 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Normally service cost center will be planned activity independent planning. As a period
process these cost will be transferred to production cost centers.
6.3.2.5 Statistical Key Figure planning This process is required for entering cost centre wise planned Statistical Key Figures. These
will be used in Distribution and Assessment cycle, for allocation of overheads from Service
Cost Center to Production associated cost centers.
Arch will maintain the Planned Statistical Key Figures Vs. Overhead receiver cost center.
Based on these values, system will distribute the overheads and transfer the same to the
receiving cost center.
The Cost Center Vs. Statistical Key Figure will be kept in the KDS Document in the following
format.
SKF Cost Center Weight factor Purpose of usage
6.3.2.6 Periodic Allocation of Overheads:In SAP System two methods of overhead allocation is possible:
Distribution: The original cost element is retained.
Assessment: The original cost elements are assigned cumulatively, or in groups, to assessment (secondary) cost elements. The original cost elements are not recorded on the receivers. The receiver side, Assessment Cost Element will be seen.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 75 of 229
![Page 76: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 76 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
These are indirect overhead allocation methods. The following are the user defined
allocation methods:
TYPE BASIS
Fixed basis Fixed percentage
Fixed basis Fixed portions (Ratio)
Fixed basis Fixed amount
Variable basis Actual cost of receiver
Variable basis Planned cost of receiver
Variable basis Actual SKF of receiver
Variable basis Planned SKF of receiver
Variable basis Actual Activities of receiver
Variable basis Planned Activities of receiver
Arch will be creating the Assessment cycles for distribution of overheads plant wise. The
details of Assessment Cycles will be maintained in the KDS in the following format.
Plan Assessment Cycles
Assessment Cycle
Start Date Text
1101C1 01.01.2010 Tarapur
1102C1 01.01.2010 Badlapur Unit
1103C1 01.01.2010 Taloja G - 6 Unit
1104C1 01.01.2010 Taloja R & D Unit
The following is the format for the Segments.
Segment Assessment Sender cost Receiver cost Basis % or
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 76 of 229
![Page 77: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 77 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
cost Element
& Basis
center center variable potion
As per the Arch requirement Allocation Cycles will be maintained in the system. The similar
assessment cycles will be created even for actual data allocation.
Overheads Absorption to Projects- CAPEX, Product/Process Development project, DMF .
It was proposed by Costing team that Overheads pertaining to Project management ,
Process Engineering , Purchase Engineering , Process Development Lab can be
absorbed to the Project by maintaining different activity Types for these Cost
Centers.
However, PS team/Commercial team cannot plan Overheads for these activities
separately for Product Costing & for Project along with Activity Quantity for
developing the different rates for absorption.
Further, project team cannot confirm the actual no of hours spent by Project
management Staff, Process Engineering staff, Purchase Engineering staff for
different types of projects.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 77 of 229
![Page 78: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 78 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Hence, different activity types will not be maintained for absorbing these costs. Since these costs pertain to Project Only, Costing team will not load Process
Development lab Exp , Project management Staff, Process Engineering, Purchases
Engineering for HO & Plant to regular products. Commercial team will absorb the
same to Different types of Projects based on their assumption.
6.3.2.7 Planning Profile
To load the overhead planning through Excel Sheet, a new custom developed planning
profile will be created. So that user can easily load the data through excel sheet.
ZARCH – Arch CC Planning - Excel
6.3.2.8 Cost Splitting
Since Arch is not using Cost Splitting Process, this process is removed from BBP.
6.3.2.9 Activity Prices for a Cost Center
The activity price is determined per Cost Center/ Activity Type either manually or in
automatic activity of price calculation by the system using the Activity Price calculation
process.
Before processing the price calculation, user need to complete the indirect overhead
allocation process and cost splitting process.
System will calculate the Activity prices based on overheads in the Cost center (direct +
allocated) and planned activity quantities for the cost center.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 78 of 229
![Page 79: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 79 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
This Activity Price or rate is used in product cost planning / controlling to arrive at the
planned cost of production or standard cost estimate and actual production costs.
This price can also be maintained manually in the system.
6.3.2.10 Cost Center Planning -Transaction / Activity Chart:
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Activity Output
Planning & Prices
KP26 Cost Center and
Activity Type
Production
Cost center
output and
Activity Prices
CO User Based on planned
production, output
quantity need to be
maintained
2 Overhead
Planning
KP06 Cost Center,
Activity Type
and Cost
Element
OrCost Center and
Cost Element
Overhead
planning
Activity
Dependent or
Activity
Independent
CO User Need to be
synchronized with FI
expenditure
postings
3 SKF Planning KP46 Version, Period,
Fiscal year,
Cost Center,
SKF
Statistical Key
figures will be
maintained for
a Cost Center
CO User Planned values will
be maintained for
Allocation
4 Plan Distribution
Cycle
KSV7 /
KSV8
Maintain Plan
Distribution
Cycle – to
allocate the
service cost to
production cost
Cost can be
distributed
based Sender
cost center to
receiver cost
center
CO User Allocation ratios
need to be identified
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 79 of 229
![Page 80: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 80 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
centers
5 Plan Assessment
Cycle
KSU7 /
KSU8
Maintain Plan
Assessment
Cycle – to
allocate the
service cost to
production cost
centers
Cost can be
transferred
based on
Sender cost
center to
receiver cost
center
CO User Allocation ratios
need to be identified
6 Execute the
Distribution
KSVB Assign the
Distribution
Cycle, Month,
Year
Cost can be
transferred
based on
Sender cost
center to
receiver cost
center
CO User Need to be
identified the nature
of expenditure to be
used for Distribution
7 Execute the
Assessment
KSUB Assign the
Assessment
Cycle, Month,
Year
Cost can be
transferred
based on
Sender cost
center to
receiver cost
center
CO User Need to be
identified the nature
of expenditure to be
used for Distribution
8 Cost Splitting KSS4 Cost Center
Group, Period,
Year
Cost will be
assigned to
Cost Center
and Activity
Type
CO User
9 Activity Price
Calculation
KSPI Calculate the
activity prices
10 Review the Activity
Prices
KP26 Review the prices
calculated by the
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 80 of 229
![Page 81: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 81 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
system
6.3.2.11 Cost Center Planning – Integration:
The following are the integration points:
Sl No Module Details
1 PP Cost centers and activity types are being assigned in the PP Resource / work
centers. These resources are being used to manufacture the products. Based
on product mix, planned capacity need to be arrived and maintained in the
Cost Center output
2 FI Based on the actual expenses incurred in the previous month / years,
expenses plan will be maintained in the system, as a cost center planning
6.3.2.12 Actual Posting in Cost Center Accounting
The actual values are posted online to monitor costs on an ongoing basis. These postings
enable us to recognize variances at an early stage, and to take the necessary counter
measures.
Actual cost entry involves transferring primary costs from upstream components to the
Controlling (CO) application component. In the CO component, this transfer occurs real-time
from the components Financial Accounting, Asset Accounting, Materials Management,
Production Planning and Payroll Accounting. This is achieved by entering a cost accounting
object (such as a cost centre or an internal order) during account assignment.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 81 of 229
![Page 82: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 82 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Primary costs entered in other systems are allocated further using internal allocations and as
true to source as is possible. To enable this, costs are determined for each business
transaction, based on the valued internal activity. They are then posted real-time to the
sender and receiver object(s) (debit and credit postings).
Errors are unavoidable and may result particularly during initial days of SAP live operations.
Thus, there will be occasions where postings are assigned to the wrong controlling object,
and ARCH should be able to rectify posting errors related to erroneous assignment to
controlling objects.
ARCH can repost primary costs from one controlling object to another using transaction-
based transfers; the original cost element is always retained. This function is designed to
correct posting errors. Posting errors should preferably be corrected in the application
component where they originate, so that external and internal accounting (FI and CO) is
always reconciled.
In ARCH, the assignment of CO objects to the transactions in other modules like FI, MM, SD
etc. is taken care of where ever possible, to post the entries automatically to the respective
CO objects, in order to reduce the chances of error occurrence.
Posting errors involving assignment to a controlling object (cost centre or internal order) can,
however, is corrected using a transaction-based reposting in CO. The reposting costs (or
revenues) transaction is simple transfer of cost (or revenue) from one controlling object to
another.
Alternatively, ARCH can repost line items from CO documents. To do this, the CO reposting
document must reference the original FI document that posted the costs to CO. This
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 82 of 229
![Page 83: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 83 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
enables to track the movement of cost with in CO, and still preserve the link with the
originating FI document. In repost line items, facility is provide to enter multiple receiver
objects for a line item reposting, but the full amount of original line item must be reposted.
For some of the Cost Elements, users can not assign the Cost Object. Hence the cost
object need to be derived based on the Plant or Profit Center. The assignment of cost object
to the cost elements, will be identified, based on the GL Accounts (cost elements)
finalization.
6.3.2.13 Period End Closing Activities in Cost Center AccountingPeriod-end closing in Overhead Cost Controlling is part of the work carried out at period-end
throughout the entire organization.
The tasks required at period-end, and the sequence in which they must be carried out,
depend on what system functions can be used and which cost accounting method. This topic
describes the basic elements of period-end closing. The explanations assume that all the
features available are being used.
ARCH will allocate the Costs collected on a cost center during the planning / actual posting,
during the accounting period to receivers, based on user defined ratio. The Activity-
independent primary costs which are planned / posted in the combination of Cost Centers
and Cost Elements, need to be allocated to Production Cost Centers/secondary resource
cost centers, by using the Assessment and Distribution method.
6.3.2.14 Periodic Reposting
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 83 of 229
![Page 84: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 84 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Actual Transactions are being posted from FI / SD / MM / PP components of SAP. Errors are
unavoidable and may result particularly during initial days of SAP live operations. Thus,
there will be occasions where postings are assigned to the wrong controlling object and
ARCH should be able to rectify posting errors related to erroneous assignment to controlling
objects.
ARCH can repost primary costs from one controlling object to another using transaction-
based transfers; the original cost element is always retained. This function is designed to
correct posting errors. Posting errors should preferably be corrected in the application
component where they originate, so that external and internal accounting (FI and CO) is
always reconciled.
6.3.2.15 Actual overheads Accruals
Arch is not using Actual Overhead Accruals.
6.3.2.15.1 Actual Allocation – Assessment Cycle
Assessment is a method of allocating the Costs in Cost Center Accounting. The following
information is passed on to the receivers:
The original cost elements are assigned cumulatively, or in groups, via secondary
cost elements (assessment cost element). The original cost elements are not
recorded on the receivers.
Sender and receiver information
Allocation through assessment is useful when the composition of the costs is unimportant for
the receiver.
6.3.2.15.2 Actual Allocation – Distribution Cycle
Distribution is used to allocate the primary costs of a cost center. The following information is
passed on to the receivers:
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 84 of 229
![Page 85: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 85 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The Original Cost Element
Sender and receiver information
You can analyze the distribution results according to sender and receiver relationships.
To transfer the costs Assessment or Distribution cycles will be created in the system. The
cycles are split into various segments, if the distribution ratios are changed:
From the Sender Cost Center & Sender Cost Element will be transferred to receiving cost
center based on a tracing factor / percentage / identified ratio.
Costs collected in a Cost Center during a period are further allocated to other Cost Centers.
ARCH will be using Assessments & Distribution as a method of allocating both Primary and
Secondary Costs. The original Cost Elements are assigned cumulatively or in groups to
Assessment (Secondary) Cost Elements.
Sender-receiver relationships between the various Cost Centers will be defined in the
various segments of the Assessment Cycle. During assessment, the original cost elements
will be summarized into the Assessment Cost Element. Line items are posted for both the
sender and receiver Cost Center while recording the allocation using the Assessment Cost
Element.
Statistical Key figures are used for Allocation of Electricity, Telephone, Cleaning, Gardening,
Maintenance expenses etc.
6.3.2.15.3 Variance Calculation
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 85 of 229
![Page 86: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 86 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Variance calculation categorizes and display variances incurred on cost centers by cost
element. Variance calculation is based on the results of actual cost entry and the allocation
methods as well as planning.
Variances in the Controlling component (CO) at period-end closing can be due to several
causes:
Planning was overshot/undershot
The actual costs on the cost centre differ from the target costs
Over-/under-absorption occurs on the cost centre
Variance calculation is based on the reconciled planning of internal activity between cost
centers and the costs thereby incurred. Variances are the differences between actual costs
and plan costs. They are displayed separately for a cost center, for an activity type of a cost
center, divided into fixed and variable portions. Where possible, they are classified by cost
element.
Variance calculation distinguishes between cost centers with activity types (such as
production cost centers) and those without (such as administrative cost centers). Actual
costs are always posted as activity-independent. To determine the activity input, you
therefore need to split the actual costs and the activity-independent plan or target costs of
cost centers with activity types on the activity types. In this way, analyze the reasons for the
Variances for a given cost center activity. Variance calculations compare detailed planning
on the activity type level with the corresponding actual costs.
Variance calculation allows, to analyze the actual balance. The system determines the
variances of the target costs from the actual costs split on the activity types, as well as from
the allocated actual costs in the different variance categories by cost element for each cost
center/activity type.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 86 of 229
![Page 87: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 87 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.2.15.4 Actual Activity Price Calculation
During the actual price calculation, the system calculates iterative prices for activity types
based on actual costs and actual activities. The calculation takes into account all activity
exchanges between cost centers.
Price calculation which carried out during planning, is based on planned costs and planned
activity.
After running actual price calculation, revaluate actual activity at actual prices. This
revaluates the activity using the difference between plan and actual prices. By revaluing the
actual activity with actual prices, can fully balance sender cost centers.
6.3.2.16 CCA –Period End Closing -Transaction / Activity Chart:
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Manual Reposting KB11N Cost Center
Cost Element
Amount
CO Document
will be created
CO User Periodic review
need to be carried
out by the CO User.
Inform to the
respective users, if
any deviations
noticed
2 Maintain Statistical
Key figures (SKF)
KB31N/
KB32N /
KB33N
Posting Date
Rec. Cost
Center
SKF
Quantity
CO Document
will be created
to post the
Statistical Key
Figure
CO User This SKF will be
used in Overhead
distribution
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 87 of 229
![Page 88: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 88 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
3 Maintain Activity
for Secondary
Resource
KB51N /
KB53N
Posting Date
Cost Center
Activity Type
Quantity
CO document
will be created
to post the
Activity Types
CO User User has to know,
how much actual
quantity is being
produced, cost
center wise / activity
type wise.
Cost Center Vs.
Activity relation
must be established
in the Planning
4 Manufacturing –
Process Order
COR1 /
COR2 /
COR3
Material
Number
Plant
Process Order
Type
Batch Quantity
Batch Number
Start Date, etc.,
Process Order
will be created
with an unique
number
PP User Data will be copied
from the Recipe
(BOM / operations).
Material availability
will be checked
Cost will be
calculated
Review the Process
orders and its
statuses
5 Process Order
Confirmations
COR6N
CORRProcess Order
number
Phase
(operation
number)
Actual Activity
Quantity
Confirmation
will be posted
PP User Actual Activity
Quantity need to be
confirmed by the
user
Review the Order
confirmations
6 Goods Issue to MIGO / Process order Goods Issue PP User Material Must be
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 88 of 229
![Page 89: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 89 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Process order MB1A number document will
be posted
available in the
identified Storage
location
Review the Goods
Issue
7 Goods Receipt
against the
Process Order
MIGO Process Order
number
Movement Type
Goods
Receipt
document will
be posted
PP user Check the material
prices
Review the Goods
receipt against the
process
8 Maintain Actual
Distribution Cycle
to allocate the
service cost center
overhead
KSV1 /
KSV2 /
KSV3
Cycle ID
Validity date
Segments
Method of
Distribution
Sender Cost
Center
Cost Elements
Receivers
Distribution
Cycle will be
created
CO Core
Team
Distribution ratios
need to be identified
and maintained
9 Maintain Actual
Assessment Cycle
to allocate the
service cost center
overhead
KSU1 Cycle ID
Validity date
Segments
Cost Element
Method of
Assessment
Sender Cost
Center
Cost Elements
Assessment
Cycle will be
created
CO Core
Team
Allocation ratios
need to be identified
and maintained
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 89 of 229
![Page 90: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 90 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Receivers
10 Cost Splitting KSS2 Cost split need
to be carried out
based on the
Cost center and
Activity Type for
the splitting rule
maintained
Splitting Structure
and Strategy need
to be maintained
11 Actual Activity
Price Calculation
KSII Actual Activity
price calculation
in the system
12 Actual Activity
price
KBK6 /
KBK7
Period, year,
Cost Center and
Activity Type
Review the
prices
calculated by
the system
6.3.2.17 CCA Period End Closing - Integration:
Sl.No Module Details
1 FI / MM While posting the actual transactions, user not in a position to enter the Cost
object (cost center / internal order, etc). This need to be defaulted by
assigning the Cost Center based on a plant or profit center, through
configuration.
2 PP-PI Part of the Manufacturing process, Process Orders will be created Goods
Issue, Confirmations and Goods Receipt will be posted in the system.
Review the open process order and Technically completed process orders.
3 PM Maintenance order will be consuming the materials from stores and
maintenance activities as identified. Activity price arrived through CO process
and absorbed based on the actual activity hours confirmation in the system.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 90 of 229
![Page 91: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 91 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
4 PS Planned Orders will be created through project MRP. Planned orders will be
converted to process orders. The Consumption of materials and activity
confirmations will be happened to the process orders. Finally process orders
will be settled to projects. All the actual expenses and inventory will be
transferred to the project systems from Process Order. Project stock report
can be viewed from T. Code MBBS. The project systems will finally be
transferred to CO-PA to analyse WBS wise information with regard to
Revenue and cost. The finished goods inventory will be posted with Project
moving average price maintained in the system.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 91 of 229
![Page 92: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 92 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.3 BPP_CO_BP6.3.3 Internal Order Accounting
Internal orders are normally used to plan, collect, and settle the costs of internal jobs and
tasks. The system monitors the internal orders throughout their entire life cycle from initial
creation, through the budgeting and posting of all the actual costs, to the final settlement.
Orders used only for monitoring objects in Cost Accounting (such as, advertising,
trade fair or civil work orders).
Productive orders that are value-added, that is, orders that can be capitalized (such
as in-house construction of an asset).
The following table describes the high-level process flow for the Internal Order Master
Maintenance.
No Process Description
1 Internal Order Types One Internal Order type for each of the tasks
namely CAPEX, Employee, Maintenance, Special
Events, Non-Operating Revenue, Sales Promotion
can be created. The number range and settlement
profile can be defaulted from Internal Order type.
Order type Z001 used for Investment Orders.
Order type Z010 used for all statistical Orders.
2 Internal Orders. Internal Orders would be created under any of the
Internal Order Types defined and would carry the
no either internally generated or eternally assigned
depending on the configuration of the Number
Range assign to the Internal Order Type.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 92 of 229
![Page 93: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 93 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Internal Orders could be defined as True or
statistical depending on the settlement plan for the
particular internal order. Statistical Order can not
be settled on any other cost or FI object
3 Internal Order Group Internal Order groups can be created for the
purpose of analysis or reporting requirements.
The following Internal Order Number ranges are used for internal orders of Arch.
Order Type Description Number Range
Z001 Internal orders: Investment 1700000001 TO 1799999999
Z010 Other Statistical Orders 1800000001 TO 1899999999
6.3.3.1 Internal Order PlanningDuring internal order planning, you enter costs, activities and business processes that you
expect to incur during the life cycle of an order. Using internal order planning, you can
compare plan and actual costs, and carry out a differentiated variance analysis.
6.3.3.2 Budget Management for Internal OrdersThe budget is the approved cost structure for an order and differs from the cost plan in that it
is binding. Having estimated the costs as accurately as possible using the different tools
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 93 of 229
![Page 94: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 94 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
during the planning phase, we then prescribe the funds available for the order in the form of
a budget. The budget is the device by which management approves the expected
development of order costs over a given timeframe.
The following different budget types exist:
Original Budget
This is the budget originally assigned, before any updates were made.
Budget Updates
Unforeseen events, additional requirements, for example, price rises for external activities,
and so on. This may mean you need to update the original budget, in the form of:
Supplements Returns Current BudgetThis is derived from the budget types already mentioned:
Original budget
+ Supplements
- Returns
= Current budget
Z001 – Arch IO – with Budget
o Internal Number Assignment
o Settlement Profile as – Z3 – IO Settlement Profile
o Budget Profile – Z00001 – Budget profile for Arch
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 94 of 229
![Page 95: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 95 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Z00001- Budget Profile for Arch Group
o Time Frame for Past 1 year
o Time Frame for Future 3 year
o Total Value – to budget overall values
o Annual Values- to budget annual values
o Availability check is active
o Budget Activation will be automatic
More details refer the FI Business Blue Print - Assets under Construction with Internal Order.
6.3.3.3 Availability Control for Internal OrdersAvailability control enables to control costs actively by issuing warnings and error messages
when costs are incurred. As per availability control ARCH is expecting the warning message
issue once budget consumption reaches 90%.Once the budget consumed fully (100%)
system issues error message. These controls assigned to the budget profile and as per this
assignment, system will give warning message once budget consumption reaches 90% and
gives error message and stop posting to order once budget consumption reaches 100%.
6.3.3.4 Actual Posting to Internal OrderAn actual posting to internal order enables up-to-date monitoring of the costs incurred by the
organization. In this way, the variances can be identified at an early stage and correct them.
The following table describes the high-level process flow for the Posting to Internal Order.
No Process Description
1. Data flow from Financial
Accounting
All invoices and other entries related to the event
will be posted to true or statistical internal order for
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 95 of 229
![Page 96: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 96 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
information and plan checking.
2. Data flow from Materials
Management
All internal goods issue and all service order and
service entry sheet related to particular task will be
posted to Internal Order.
Expenses Vouchers Derive the Internal Order
From Purchase Order if defined in purchase order
6.3.3.5 Period End Closing - Internal Order Settlement
An internal order is usually used as an interim collector of costs and an aid to the planning,
monitoring, and controlling processes needed. When the job has been completed, you settle
the costs to one or more receivers (cost center, fixed asset, profitability segment, and so on).
At ARCH, Internal orders are planned to be used for capturing costs of prospective orders
and for Assets under construction. In addition, a separate order type will be created for
budgetary control over Assets purchase, which will be statistical in nature.
When the job has been completed, user can settle the costs to one or more receivers. For
example, in the case of prospective orders if the order is firmed up, the accumulated costs
will be settled to the job and if it does not materialize, the costs will be settled to the
marketing cost center.
Periodic settlement of these internal orders will always be to the cost center which incurred
the costs
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 96 of 229
![Page 97: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 97 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Settlement of orders would be based on the settlement rule for Internal Orders. This in turn
is controlled by the settlement profile for the order type. An Internal Order could be settled to
a GL Account or Fixed Asset, where as a capital Internal Order is always settled to Assets
under Constructions. Once the Order is approved for Capitalization, it would be settled to a
Fixed Asset manually.
6.3.3.6 Period End Closing - Carry forward to next yearIn case of job is carried forward to next year the budget for that order has to be carried
forward.
6.3.3.7 Internal order - Transaction / Activity Chart:
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Manual Reposting KB11N Cost CenterCost ElementAmount
CO Document will be created
CO User Periodic review need to be carried out by the CO User. Inform to the respective users, if any deviations noticed
2 Budgeting KO22 Budget amount for the Order
Budgeted amount
CO User When expenses exceeding 90% it gives warning message
3 Carry forward internal order Budget
KOCO Selection VarientFiscal YearDocument date
Transfer Document will be created
CO User As a year end activity, this can be executed.
4 Budget Supplement
KO24 Internal order to be entered
CO document will be created
CO User User will enter the changed values .
Budget Returns KO26 Internal order to be entered
CO document will be created
CO User User will enter the changed values .
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 97 of 229
![Page 98: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 98 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.3.8 Internal order - Integration:
Sl.No Module Details
1 FI Internal order will be created to budget the plug in assets or directly usable,
without any, installation process. For which budgeting is being carriedout
through Internal order
Some of the expenses are being posted to the statistical internal order to
capture cost in additional dimension.
6.3.4 BPP_CO_BP6.3.4 Product Cost Controlling
6.3.4.1 Product Cost PlanningPlanned cost of the product is calculated
Using the BOM and the master records of the materials in the BOM
Using the recipe, resource where the respective operations are carried out, the cost
centers, and the activity types.
When process order is released, the planned cost is calculated as follows:-
Cost Component Quantity Rate Resource
Material Standard BOM Price from Material
Master
Not
applicable
Labour Cost (Internal /
External)
Standard activities
in Recipe
Plan price Primary
Resource
Machine Cost Standard activities Plan price Primary
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 98 of 229
![Page 99: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 99 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
in Recipe Resource
Power Cost Standard activities
in Recipe
Plan price Secondary
Resource
Water Standard activities
in Recipe
Plan price Secondary
Resource
Fuel Standard activities
in Recipe
Plan price Secondary
Resource
Liquid Nitrogen Standard activities
in Recipe
Plan price Secondary
Resource
Overhead Cost Sheet Based on the Primary
cost (materials and / or
Labour) over head rate
mentioned in the
costing sheet
6.3.4.2 Origin Groups
Origin groups serve to subdivide the material costs based on the origin group assigned in
the Material Master. For controlling purposes, materials assigned to the same cost element
by automatic account determination can be separated into origin groups. Account
determination assigns each material to a G/L account and thus also to a primary cost
element.
If an origin group is entered in the costing view of the material master record, the
combination of origin group and cost element is updated in the Controlling module.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 99 of 229
![Page 100: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 100 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
If the Material origin indicator in the costing view of the material master record is
specified in addition to the origin group, the costs are updated under the combination
of material number, origin group and cost element in the Controlling component.
These Origin groups can be used in
o Calculate Overhead
o Assignment in Cost Component Structure
o Variance calculation
o Work in process calculation
The following Origin Groups will be used to differentiate the costs:
1001 – Key Materials
1002 – Solvent Materials
6.3.4.3 Overhead Cost Sheet Overhead cost sheet controls and transfers the overheads to product, while releasing
standard cost estimate / valuating the materials. Overhead rates can be maintained to
transfer the value to inventory.
Overhead Cost Sheet contains the following elements;
Calculation Base - The calculation base determines on which cost elements
overhead need to be applied. Assign individual cost elements or cost element groups
with or without origins, to form a calculation bases.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 100 of 229
![Page 101: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 101 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Overhead Rates: An overhead rate specifies the conditions under which overhead is
applied to an object. Overhead rates are limited in duration, periodically need to be
maintained. Overhead key also specify what are dependent key combinations,
i.e.Plant, company code, Overhead Key, Order type, etc.
Credits: Cost allocation is part of the process of determining overhead rates. If this
leads to an object being debited with actual costs, another object in Cost Accounting
must be credited at the same time, to balance the cost document in CO. This can be
either a cost center or order. This type of posting is recorded under a secondary cost
element of cost element category 41(overhead rates) in the SAP System.
ZP-PC1 – ZP-PC1 Cost sheet ARCH
ROW BASE Overhead DescriptionFrom row
To row
Credit
10 B000 Material
20 C000 Material OH 10 E01
30 Material usage
40 B010 Production
50 C001 Manufacturing OH 40 E02
60 Production costs
70 Cost of goods
manufactured
80 C002 Admin Overhead 10 E03
90 C003 Selling Overhead 10 E04
The following components are being used:
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 101 of 229
![Page 102: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 102 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
B000 Material – Assigned the Cost Element – 40111000
C002 Admin Overhead - Overhead 15% is being maintained
C003 Selling Overhead - Overhead 15% is being maintained
E03-Cred. Administration - Cost Element 90041100
E04-Cred.Sales & Dist - Cost Element 90041110
The overhead is not part of the Valuation, the Secondary cost elements will be
assigned to the Cost Component Structure, which are part of the Cost of Goods
Sold.
6.3.4.4 Costing Variant
Costing Variant is a variant that contains all control parameters for costing, including
parameters that control how cost estimates are executed and the material prices or activity
prices that are used to valuate the costing items.
In material costing, the costing variant determines the following:
The purpose of the cost estimate (costing type)
The prices that are selected to valuate the quantity structure and calculate overhead
expenses (valuation variant)
The dates that apply to the actual cost estimate and to the explosion and valuation of
the quantity structure (date control)
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 102 of 229
![Page 103: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 103 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
How the BOMs and routings are selected to create the quantity structure (quantity
structure control; only relevant for cost estimates with a quantity structure)
In unit costing (base object costing and unit costing for orders), the costing variant
determines the following:
The purpose of the cost estimate (costing type)
The prices that are selected to valuate the costing items (valuation variant)
Whether the individual costing items are assigned to cost elements
The following Costing Variants are being used for Arch
Costing Variant
Description Costing Type Valuation Variant Date Control
1. Costing Variants used in Standard Cost Estimate
PPC1 Standard
Cost Est.
(Mat.)
01-Standard Cost Estimate 001-Planned
Valuation Material
PC01-Std.
Cost Est.
Z001 SCE
Commercial
Price
11-Inv Costing Commercial
Price
Z01- Valuation
Material CP
PC01-Std.
Cost Est.
Z002 Arch
Material
Value to
Tax Price
10- Inv Costing – Tax Law Z01- Valuation
Material CP
PC01 – Std
Cost
Estimate
2. Costing Variants used in Production Process
PPP1 Production
Order:
06- Production Order 006-Production Order
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 103 of 229
![Page 104: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 104 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Planned Planned Planned
PPP2
Production
Order:
Actual
07- Production Order Actual 007-Production Order
Actual
3. Costing Variants used in Project
PS02
Network:
Planned
06-Production Order
Planned
010-Network Planned
PS03
Network:
Actual
07-Production Order Actual 011-Network Actual
PG
Base
Planning
Object
02 – Base Planning Object 012 – Base Planning
Object
6.3.4.4.1 Valuation Variant
Valuation Variant determines the prices that the SAP System selects to valuate the quantity
structure of a material cost estimate or order, or to valuate the costing items of a unit cost
estimate.
The valuation variant controls how the materials and activities in the cost estimate are
valuated. The valuation variant specifies the following parameters:
The price in the material master (such as the standard price) or in the purchasing info
record (such as the net order price) that is used to cost a material in the BOM
The planned or actual price that is used to valuate the internal activities
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 104 of 229
![Page 105: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 105 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The version in Cost Center Accounting that is used to valuate internal activities
The cost sheet that is used to calculate overhead
Whether, and to what extent, a BOM item or an operation in the routing is relevant to
costing
The different valuation strategies for materials, internal activities, external activities, and
subcontracting are stored as strategy sequences.
6.3.4.4.2 Date Control
Date Control that controls the dates for material cost estimates. Date control to define the
day for selecting the quantity structure when costing with a quantity structure, cost estimate
validity dates. “Costing Date from”, is the date on which the cost estimate has to be released
other wise another cost estimate has to be made and released on released date.
The following dates are relevant for a material cost estimate and a costing run:
Quantity structure date Valuation date Costing date from/to
The quantity structure date determines how the system selects a valid quantity structure for the cost estimate. Based on this date, a BOM and a routing are selected, exploded and costed.
The valuation date determines how the system searches for valid data to calculate the following prices:
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 105 of 229
![Page 106: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 106 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Prices for stock materials from the material master record Activity prices for activity types from cost center planning
You set the validity period of the cost estimate with the Costing date from and Costing date
to indicators. The validity period of the cost estimate is relevant for Cost Object Controlling.
The results of the standard cost estimate are used in the calculation of Variances during that
period.
6.3.4.4.3 Valuation Strategy for Material Component:
Strategy sequence that determines the valuation of the materials used in the cost estimate . The materials
are valuated using the price in the material master record or the values calculated in a material cost
estimate. You can enter a single strategy, or you can enter multiple strategies in the form of a strategy
sequence. If you enter multiple strategies, the priority of the strategy determines what price or what values
are selected.
the following strategy sequence is entered for material valuation for ARCH
Priority Strategy Sequence
1 4 Planned Price
2 7 Valuation Price According to Price Control in Material
Master
3 9 Future Standard Price
4 G Future Price From Accounting
5 B Valuation Price 1 Based on Commercial Law
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 106 of 229
![Page 107: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 107 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.5 Cost Component Structure
This shows the costs calculated in a material cost estimate or sales order cost estimate
across all production levels, broken down into cost components. Analyze the costs of the
cost component split for the cost of goods manufactured and the costs of the primary cost
component split.
The results of a cost estimate are updated as cost components (this is called a cost
component split). The cost components break down the cost of a material across the entire
production structure into material costs, production costs, material overhead, production
overhead, and other costs. The costs for internal activities normally flow into the cost
component split under secondary cost elements. In order to present primary costs for
internal activities, use a primary cost component split as an alternative way of outlining the
cost components.
The cost component split enables:
Analyze the cost origin across multiple production levels.
Analyze the value added within a multilevel production structure. The costs of the
Cost Component Structure Consists of internal activities and the overhead costs that
are incurred at that level and material components.
In the cost component view, specify which cost elements are displayed in the report.
For example, select the cost of goods manufactured or the cost of goods sold, or the
costs that are relevant to inventory valuation. Specify various cost component views
in for Product Cost Planning. For each cost component, you can decide which share
of the costs contained therein (fixed, variable, full) is displayed in which cost
component view.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 107 of 229
![Page 108: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 108 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
10 – Arch Cost Component View, details are as follows:
ID ID Description Type Origin Cost Elements10 Materials - Key COGM 1001 40111000,40121050,40161250,
40173000,4017310040173150,
40173200,40173310,40184120,
40184160,40313900,41108010.
20 Material - Solvents COGM 1002 40111000,40121050,40161250,
40173000,4017310040173150,
40173200,40173310,40184120,
40184160,40313900,41108010.
30 Materials -Others COGM 40111000,40121050,40161250,
40173000,4017310040173150,
40173200,40173310,40184120,
40184160,40313900,41108010.
41109010
40 Packing Materials COGM 40111200 to 40151225,
40161220
50 Overhead – Labour COGM 90043120 to 90043130
60 Overhead - Power COGM 90043140
64 Overhead – Water COGM 90043150
68 Overhead – Fuel COGM 90043160
69 Overhead – Liquid
Nitrogen
COGM 90043170
70 Overhead – Other
Mfg.
COGM 90043110
90 Admin Expenses COGS 90041100
95 Selling Expenses COGS 90041110
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 108 of 229
![Page 109: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 109 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Cost component Structure Z1- Arch Stat.Mat.Value Tax, will be used for the purpose of
calculation of only material costs. It does not have the overheads part of the inventory value.
This is being associated with cost costing variant Z002.
6.3.4.6 Standard Cost Estimate
Create a standard cost estimate for a material at the beginning of a fiscal year or a new
season or a period. The standard cost estimate then remains valid for the entire year or
period or season. It will be used to establish a standard price for materials for the time
period.
Standard Cost Estimate should not change during this time. The standard costs then remain
constant and are not influenced by price fluctuations or changes in the production structure
during the planning period.
Valuate the planned quantity structure of a standard cost estimate with standard prices. A
standard cost estimate for a material is not associated with an order or production version.
Create a cost estimate based on a costing variant. For a standard cost estimates, the
costing variant contains the following defaults:
Costing type specifies that the costing results can be updated to the material master as the
standard price.
Valuation variant specifies that the materials are valuated at the standard price or planned
price or according to the price control of the material master.
Date Control specifies that the validity dates of Quantity Structure, Valuation, Cost estimate
valid from and valid up to.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 109 of 229
![Page 110: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 110 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The standard cost estimate calculates a standard price for materials and updates the price
control S in the material master. When Standard Cost Estimate is marked, the system writes
the result of the cost estimate to the costing view of the material master record as the future
standard price. This price can be used to valuate a material component in the cost estimate.
When Standard Cost Estimated is released, the system writes the result of the standard cost
estimate to the material master record in Accounting 1 View standard price field. This price is
then active for Financial Accounting and is used to valuate the material until the next time a
standard cost estimate is released. From this period onward, all transactions involving
products produced in-house are valuated in Logistics using the standard price (that is, the
result of the standard cost estimate). In Arch it is decided that the moving average price ‘V’
will be maintained at the depots. When a material with standard price control is transferred to
the warehouse, system will update the inventory of receiving plant with the sending plant
inventory value. Moving average price will be updated automatically.
6.3.4.7 Base Planning Object Costing
Base planning objects will be used in the following purposes:
At the beginning of the planning phase
At the draft stage of planning new products
No master data (material master, BOM, master recipe) in the system
When base planning object is created, necessary master data can be referenced from the
system. This data includes materials and material cost estimates, internal activities, services,
cost centres, cost elements and activity types, work centres, and other base planning
objects.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 110 of 229
![Page 111: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 111 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Costing Variant used by the system by default – PG – Base Planning Object. The costing lot
size can be specified as per the requirement of the product.
The entries are maintained in the system manually by the user, if the reference data existing,
it will copy other wise user can enter the prices manually.
M - Material items (category M),
E - Internal activity items (category E),
B - Base planning objects (category B),
V- Variable items (category V)
S – Total (category S)
L – Subcontracting (category L)
O – Arithmetical Operation
T – Text Item
Based Object planning can be defined and kept for reference and re-use.
The following Base Planning Object Groups are being used to define the base plant object:
1001 Arch New Product - Intermediates
2001 Arch New Product - API
3001 Arch New Product - CRAMS - Intermediates
3005 Arch New Product - CRAMS- API
9000 Other Products
The Base Object Group is assigned in the master data of a base object costing. By
assigning the base object costing to a base object group you can divide the base object
costing into logical groups.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 111 of 229
![Page 112: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 112 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.8 Additive Cost
Additive costing will allow the user to add costs to a material cost estimate, inaddition to cost
calculated based on Recipe.
As a rule, costing calculates the costs of a material on the basis of the quantity structure.
This type of cost estimate is performed automatically by the system. However, user can also
manually enter estimated values for costs that cannot be calculated by the system. This
allows to add costs to a cost estimate that was calculated automatically.
The main prerequisite for including additive costs in an automatic cost estimate is to carry
out both automatic and additive costing on the basis of the same costing variant and costing
version.
The valuation variant must allow to include the additive cost part of the cost estimate part of
the product cost planning.
If any change in additive cost manually for a material, these costs are not automatically
rolled up. Need to create a new material cost estimate or execute a new costing run so that
the changes are included and rolled up. If additive costs have been included, the system
sets the Additive costing exists indicator in the overview screen of the cost estimate.
The additive costs are added in their line item form to the itemization of a cost estimate with
quantity structure, in doing so item categories S (total) and T (text) are not transferred.
Additive cost estimates with dates that are not within the period of validity of the automatic
cost estimate are not included in the automatic cost estimate.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 112 of 229
![Page 113: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 113 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Arch would like to add the cost of samples, as part of the Standard Cost Estimate. Based on
the requirement Arch will maintain the additive cost estimate for the manufactured materials.
While releasing the standard cost estimate for that product, system will automatically
considers the cost based on the Quantity structure and additive cost estimate.
6.3.4.9 Costing BOM
In SAP system the BOM usage can be assigned, while defining the bills of materials. Costing
BOM Usage type can be used to value the material, based on the Cost BOM. The cost BOM
will be explored by the system, while calculating the cost estimate. Cost BOM will not
relevant for consumption or MRP.
Arch would like to use the costing BOM to value the by-products / recovered materials. As
these materials are being assigned in the BOM as negative quantity. To have the inventory
value and to post the credit the manufacturing material, associated BOM will be created with
usage type as “6 - Costing BOM”.
GAP: BOM can be created as Recursive BOM. Material will be costed in that cycle
iteratively. Iteration ends after the convergence criterion "Total amount of all price changes is
zero" has been reached.
Prerequisites for a successful cost estimate are as follows:
- The solution is positive
- The usage is less than the yield
- The yield is significantly higher than the usage
When no solution exists and the cost estimate does not converge, the system recognizes this and
issues an error message.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 113 of 229
![Page 114: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 114 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Then the component which is recursive in nature, “Not Relevant to costing” has to be
activated. Pairing has to be maintained with an alternate material to give the costing effect.
6.3.4.10 Product Cost Planning - Transaction / Activity Chart:
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Display BOM CS03 Material, Plant,
BOM Usage
Displays the
BOM
CO user BOM need to be
created for the Plant
2 Display Resource CRC3 Plant, Resource Displays the
identified
resource data
CO User Resource need to
be defined in the
system
3 Display Recipe C203 Material, Plant Displays the
Master Recipe
CO User Recipe must be
defined in the
system
4
Create Cost
Estimate (single)
CK11N Material, Plant,
Costing Variant,
Costing Version,
Costing Lot size
System
derives the
Standard cost
of the
selected lot
size
CO User Necessary master
data and costing
planning must be in
place
5 Price update
(single)
CK24 Period/ year,
Material,
Company Code,
Plant
Marking and
releasing ,
CO User Cost must be saved
before release in
CK11N
6 Costing Run CK40N Costing Run ID,
Date,
Description,
Costing Variant
Co Code
Different
levels of
execution will
be carried out.
Selection,
CO BPO Necessary Master
data in place
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 114 of 229
![Page 115: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 115 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Controlling Area
Costing Version
Structure
Explosion,
Costing
Analysis
Marking
Release
7 Base Planning
Object
KKE1 /
KKE3 /
KKE4
Object ID
Base Unit
Plant, Company
Code, Profit
Center,
Description,&
detailed
planning
Re-usable /
refrencable
base planning
object has
been created
CO User Freely definable
7 Additive Cost
Object
CK74N/
CK75N/
CK76N
Material
Plant
Costing Variant
Resource
Cost Element
Price
Additive Cost
has been
created for a
material.
CO User Freely definable
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 115 of 229
![Page 116: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 116 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.11 Product Cost Planning - Integration:
Sl.No Module Details
1 PP-PI Integrated with production process. The master data of PP is being used to
release the standard cost estimate
2 MM Material master and prices are being taken from the Material Management
6.3.4.12 Product Cost Object Controlling
CO-PC Cost Object Controlling component deals, with actual cost of product. The process
order captures all the cost, which are incurred during the production process.
6.3.4.13 Result Analysis Version:
Result Analysis data is the data in, work-in-Process in the Product Cost by Period
component, and work in process or reserves for unrealized costs in the Product Cost by
Order component will be calculated in results analysis is updated on the order with reference
to the Results analysis version.
The results analysis version shows the following:
Which valuation view the results analysis data was updated in i.e. Legal Valuation
Whether the version is relevant to settlement. The version relevant to settlement is
the results analysis version of operational valuation view and the results analysis
versions of multiple valuation views referring to that version.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 116 of 229
![Page 117: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 117 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Whether the data is transferred to Financial Accounting. Transfer the results analysis
versions of multiple valuation views to Financial Accounting.
Result Analysis Technical RA Cost Element. Assigned the Cost Element 90031100 –
RA Technical, with secondary cost element type 31. This element used by the
system to calculate the valuated cost in the order.
The following Result Analysis Keys will be used:
000002 WIP Calculation at Actual Costs
000003 WIP Calculation at Target Costs
Result Analysis Key specifies that the object is to be selected during results analysis or
when work in process is calculated.
The following valuation control parameters are linked to the Result Analysis Key:
whether results analysis is revenue-based, quantity-based or manual
on which basis (planned or actual data) results analysis is carried out
whether the inventory, reserves and cost of sales are to be split
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 117 of 229
![Page 118: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 118 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.14 Valuation Methods:
Based on the Status of the process order the valuation need to be carried out. The following
strategy will be adopted:
CC
Area
RA
Version RA Key Status
Status
Types RA Type
1000 0 000002 PREL 1 WIP Calculation on Basis of Actual Costs
1000 0 000002 REL 2 WIP Calculation on Basis of Actual Costs
1000 0 000002 DLV 3
Cancel Data of WIP Calculation and Results
Analysis
1000 0 000002 TECO 4
Cancel Data of WIP Calculation and Results
Analysis
1000 0 000003 PREL 1 WIP Calculation on Basis of Target Costs
1000 0 000003 REL 2 WIP Calculation on Basis of Target Costs
1000 0 000003 DLV 3
Cancel Data of WIP Calculation and Results
Analysis
1000 0 000003 TECO 4
Cancel Data of WIP Calculation and Results
Analysis
6.3.4.14.1 Posting of calculated WIP:
The General ledger Accounts of Financial Accounting to which the work in process is settled.
Based on the results analysis / cost element / a group of results analysis cost elements to
two G/L account (PL account and Balance Sheet account). The following accounts will be
used to post the WIP Values:
Calculated WIP Balance Sheet Account - 23106099-Work-in-Process(BS)
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 118 of 229
![Page 119: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 119 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Calculated WIP Profit and Loss Account - 40164099-Work-in-Process (PL)
6.3.4.15 Variance Variants:
Standard Variance Key “000001 – Variance Calculation for orders” will be used and
assigned to the all manufacturing plants.
The Standard Variance Variant “001- Standard”, will be capture the following variance types:
Input Price Variance
Mixed Price Variance
Output Price Variance
Resource usage variance
Input Quantity variance
Scrap Variance
Process Order Variances Can be settled to CO-PA for the following value fields.
Z0 - Arch Process Order –COPA
Line
ID Line Description
Sender CE
Group
Variance
Type Variance Description
Value
Field
110 Mat-Input price variance MATCOST PRIV Input Price Variance VV350
120
Mat-Input quantity variance MATCOST QTYV
Input Quantity
Variance VV350
130 Mat-Resource-usage
variance MATCOST RSUV
Resource-Usage
Variance VV350
140 Mat-Remaining input
variance MATCOST INPV
Remaining Input
Variance VV350
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 119 of 229
![Page 120: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 120 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
150 Mat-Mixed-price variance MATCOST MXPV Mixed-Price Variance VV350
160 Mat-Output price variance MATCOST OPPV Output Price Variance VV350
170 Mat-Lot size-/fixed-cost
varia MATCOST LSFV
Lot SizeVar/Fixed-
CostVar VV350
180 Mat-Remaining variance MATCOST REMV Remaining Variance VV350
190 Mat-Scrap MATCOST SCRP Scrap VV350
210 OH-Input price variance SECCOST PRIV Input Price Variance VV355
220
OH-Input quantity variance SECCOST QTYV
Input Quantity
Variance VV355
230 OH-Resource-usage
variance SECCOST RSUV
Resource-Usage
Variance VV355
240 OH-Remaining input
variance SECCOST INPV
Remaining Input
Variance VV355
250 OH-Mixed-price variance SECCOST MXPV Mixed-Price Variance VV355
260 OH-Output price variance SECCOST OPPV Output Price Variance VV355
270 OH-Lot size-/fixed-cost
varian SECCOST LSFV
Lot SizeVar/Fixed-
CostVar VV355
280 OH-Remaining variance SECCOST REMV Remaining Variance VV355
290 OH-Scrap SECCOST SCRP Scrap VV355
6.3.4.16 Settlement: Settlement transfers the actual costs assigned to the order to one or more receivers
(normally the material being manufactured, in case of process orders). The variances
between the original inventory valuation and the actual costs are transferred to Financial
Accounting and Profitability Analysis. Work in process is always settled by period.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 120 of 229
![Page 121: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 121 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
This settlement rule determines the settlement receiver (such as a material or sales order).
The settlement rule is linked through Settlement profile.
6.3.4.17 Production Process: Product costing is closely tied to production. The financial and costing entries automatically
result from the daily production transactions entered into the system. The month-end
processes are necessary to complete the financial picture for product costing.
The following process to be adopted for Product Costing:
6.3.4.17.1 Creation of Process order:
For every batch of production a process order is raised in the production department. The
process order contains the details of BOM and recipe.
The Bill of Material (BOM) details the raw material and packing material in the required
portions that are required for production.
The recipe contains the details process of production activity including resource such
as manufacturing vessel, equipment. Each operation is assigned to its resource and
each resource assigned to relevant activities such as Labour, fuel, power etc.
(maximum of six parameters for each resource as a primary activity types). Secondary
resources are being used to capture utility cost to the products (Activity types like
Power, Fuel, Water and Nitrogen There is no limitation on the secondary Activities) .
Each resource is attached to a cost centre.
The recipe and BOM are copied to process order automatically when the order is
created. The quantities of materials and activities are determined at standard levels
(Planned costs).
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 121 of 229
![Page 122: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 122 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.17.2 Process Order release
Reservation of material for an order will be done at the time of release of order. Material will
be reserved batch wise for the order. The reservation also serves as pick list for picking
materials from stores. Any unplanned issues will have to be added manually.
6.3.4.17.3 Creation of batch number:
A unique batch number has to be assigned to the order. Batch number can be internally
generated / manually as per the logic decided.
6.3.4.17.4 Creation of Inspection lot:
Release of process order will result in generation of inspection lot. The inspection lot will be
used to record quality parameters for the order.
6.3.4.17.5 Issue of materials to order:
Issue of materials to an order can be done either before execution of the order or at the time
of confirmation (Back flushing)
6.3.4.17.6 Confirmation of Process order:
Confirmation of the order means declaration of production against the order. The order has
to be confirmed completely. Confirmation is possible for release order only. Confirmation will
result in stock up of product, reduction in stock of all raw materials.
At the time of confirmation standard activities (machine, labour) & quantities as per BOM are
proposed. Changes can be done at this stage. The actual cost is updated depending upon
the actual quantities confirmed. Goods receipt quantity (Yield) is posted to storage location
specified.
Following data are confirmed at confirmation stage phase wise:
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 122 of 229
![Page 123: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 123 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Quantities – Confirmation of quantity processed in a phase.
Activity data – Confirmation of activity used to carry out the phase, such as the
duration of the processing time.
Times and dates – Confirmation of start and finish time of phase
Resource – confirmation of the resource at which the phase was carried out
Posting date - A posting date is to be entered for every completion confirmation. The
system automatically proposes the current date as the posting date. One can,
however, enter a different date.
Long text - Long text can be entered to describe the completion confirmation
6.3.4.17.7 Technical Completion of Order:
It is the completion of a process order from the logistics point of view. This function is used
to terminate execution of an order prematurely, or if the order was not properly executed and
we want to delete open requirements of the order (for example, reservations, capacity
requirements).
The following actions are carried out when the order is technically completed:
The order is not indicated as relevant to MRP anymore
The reservations are deleted
The capacity requirements are deleted
Purchase requisitions that may exist for externally processed operations are deleted
The system status Technically Completed (TECO) is set for the order and the
operations
6.3.4.17.8 Revaluation of Process Orders
Initially cost planned in cost centre accounting against activity types are used for valuating
the materials that are produced. At the month end when actual cost are booked from
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 123 of 229
![Page 124: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 124 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
financial accounting, revised activity price calculation is carried in cost centre accounting and
with this prices the Process Orders are revalued. The revaluation is carried to the extent of
difference between planned vs. actual activity prices. The revaluation Process Orders will
not be carried, if the Process Order is settled immediately on TECO.
6.3.4.17.9 Order Settlement:
Settlement rule will be derived from the process order (i.e. process order type). For other
objects like maintenance order type will defaults the Settlement rule. In case of Project
systems, project profile will default the settlement rule, where ever the clear guidelines are
available.
Settlement transfers the actual costs assigned to the order to one or more receivers
(normally the material being manufactured, in case of process orders). The variances
between the target costs in the process order and the actual costs are transferred to
Financial Accounting and Profitability Analysis. Work in process is always settled by period.
Target Cost: When the process order is created system will create the planned cost based
on the production order quantity and the standard cost estimate of the material. Target Cost
means the standard cost estimate for the material being produced.
6.3.4.17.10 Order closing:
It is the final closure from production point of view. The Closed (CLSD) status is set in the
Process Order. It has the following characteristics:
No more costs can be posted to the order, that is, confirmations and goods
movements are no longer permitted for the order.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 124 of 229
![Page 125: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 125 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The order can no longer be changed.
All actions relating to the status technically completed (TECO) are executed.
6.3.4.18 Product Cost – Period End Activities
6.3.4.18.1 Revaluation of Process order
Calculation of actual activity prices carried out in cost center accounting. At the time of
activity confirmation system posts activity cost at planned price. In the month end we
calculate actual activity price on the basis of actual cost incurred and actual activity quantity.
Once calculate actual activity price, revaluate the process orders with actual activity prices.
System will recognize the variances if any at Process Order level. System will show new
variances after revaluation.
6.3.4.18.2 Work in Process for the Process Order
If the process orders still open at month end we need to calculate work in process to update
financial accounts. WIP calculated on the basis of status of process order.
When the WIP runs , WIP calculated Process orders with a Released (REL) and partially
delivered (PDLV) status, When the WIP process is run, WIP is canceled for production
orders with a status of Finally delivered (DLV) and Technically complete (TECO)
At month-end, for closing the books of accounts, we need to realize any Work-in-process out
of the material consumption posted, which can be shown as inventory. If a process order is
open, the balance of the order (costs debited minus standard cost of completed finished
goods credited) is calculated to be the WIP amount. Result Analysis cost elements created
to track the WIP amounts so that these amounts are not directly posted to the process order.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 125 of 229
![Page 126: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 126 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
The WIP cost elements are then used to make the entry to the G/L during production order
settlement.
6.3.4.18.3 Settlement Profile
The WIP previously described update secondary cost elements, but these values remain in
CO. When process order settlement is run at the end of each period, the WIP and variance
values are posted to FI and the appropriate G/L accounts are updated. Settlement Profile is
being taken from the respective objects.
Sample Accounting Entries
Process Accounting Entry
Recognition of Work-in-process at period-
end
Work-in-process Stock (B/S) A/c 23109900
Dr.
To Work-in-process stock change A/c (P&L)
40199900
Reversal of Work-in-process at period end
(subsequent month)
Assume that Process Order is completed
Variances in the Process Order Order settle- Finish GL a/c 40184170 Dr
To Price Difference A/c -40184130
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 126 of 229
![Page 127: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 127 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
This settlement rule determines the settlement receiver (such as a material or sales order).
The settlement rule is linked through Settlement profile. The following are the settlement
profiles are being used:
Actual Costs
Allocation Structure
Default Object
Valid Receivers Indicators
Other Parameters
40 Maintenance Measure Used in the Maintenance OrdersTo Be Settled in Full
ZM - Arch PM Structure
CTR - Cost Center
Cost CenterOrderWBS ElementFixed Asset
Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type SL
AI Settlement assets under const. Direct AUC Settlements - in Fixed Asset Module
To be Settled in Full
A1-Co Allocation FXA-Fixed Asset
Fixed Assets Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type - AA
PI01 Process order Process Order SettlementsTo be Settled in Full
A1-Co Allocation Mat- Material
Cost CenterOrderWBS ElementMaterialSales OrderCost ObjectsOrder Item
100% ValidationSettlement %
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -3Res. Time - 3
ZPS1 Project Settlement – PSG Project Systems settlement to PA SegmentTo be Settled in Full
Z1-PS Allocation Structure
PSG - Profitability Segment
Profitability Segment
Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -1Res. Time - 12
ZPS2 Project Settlement - Cost Center Project Systems settlement to Cost CenterTo be Settled in Full
Z1-PS Allocation Structure
CTR - Cost Center
Cost Center Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -1Res. Time -
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 127 of 229
![Page 128: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 128 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
12ZPS3 Project Settlement - Intl Ord Project Systems settlement to a OrderTo be Settled in Full
Z1-PS Allocation Structure
ORD – Order
Order Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -1Res. Time - 12
ZPS4 Project Settlement – General Project Systems settlement - General ObjectsTo be Settled in Full
Z1-PS Allocation Structure
G/L – GL Account
G/L AccountOrderWBS Element
Settlement %Equivalence numbers
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -1Res. Time - 12
ZPS5 PS Settlement to Fixed Asset Project Systems settlement - Fixed AssetsTo be Settled in Full
Z1-PS Allocation Structure
FXA - Fixed Assets
Fixed Assets Settlement %;Equivalence numbers;Amount Settlement
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -99Res. Time - 12
ZSD1 Sales order make-to-order prod Sales Order SettlementTo be Settled in Full
A1-CO Allocation StructureZ3- PA Transfer Structure
PSG – Profitability Segment
Profitability Segment
Settlement %;Equivalence numbers;
Doct. Type - SLNo of Lines -3Res. Time - 12
6.3.4.18.4 Allocation Structure:
During settlement, costs incurred under the primary and secondary cost elements by a
sender are allocated to one or more receivers. When cost are settled by cost element, settle
using the appropriate original cost element.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 128 of 229
![Page 129: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 129 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
An Allocation Structure comprises one or several settlement assignments. An assignment
shows which costs (origin: cost element groups from debit cost elements) are to be settled to
which receiver type (for example, cost center, order, and so on).
You have two alternatives in settlement assignment:
Assign the debit cost element groups to a settlement cost element.
Settle by cost element - that is, the debit cost element is the settlement cost element.
Each allocation structure must fulfill the following criteria:
o Completeness
An allocation structure is assigned to each object to be settled. All cost
elements in which costs are incurred, must be represented in the appropriate
allocation structure.
o Uniqueness
Each cost element in which costs are incurred may only appear once in an
allocation structure. Only one settlement cost element may be assigned to a
source within a particular allocation structure.
The following allocation structure are required for Arch to use in various application:
ZM – Arch PM Allocation Structure
Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver
ID ID Description SourceSettlement- FXA
Settlement-CTR
Settlement-ORD
Settlement-WBS
Settlement-G/L
001 Material costs PM_001 41199990 90021210 X X X
003External procurement PM_003 41199990 90021210 X X X
005 Personnel costs PM_005 41199990 90021210 X X X
009Miscellaneous costs PM_009 41199990 90021210 X X X
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 129 of 229
![Page 130: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 130 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
020 Activity allocation PM_020 41199990 90021220 X X X
025 Settlement PM_025 41199990 90021230 X X X
A1 – CO Allocation Structure
Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver
ID ID Description SourceSettlement-CTR
Settlement-ORD
Settlement-WBS
Settlement-G/L
Settlement-SDI
010 Personnel costs PERSONNEL X X X X X
020Raw-/service material consump. MATCOST X X X X X
030 Other costs OTHCOST X X X X X
040 Secondary costs SECCOST X X X X 90021220
050 Revenues REVENUE X X X X X
Z1 – PS Allocation Structure
Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver
ID ID Description SourceSettlement-FXA
Settlement-PSG
Settlement-CTR
Settlement-ORD
Settlement-WBS & G/L
010 Personnel costs PERSONNEL X X X X X
020Raw-/service material consump. MATCOST X X X X X
030 Other costs OTHCOST X X X X X
040 Secondary costs SECCOST 41199990 X X X X
050 Revenues REVENUE X X X X X060 RA-Primary-PS 90031150 90021150 90021150
070 RA-Secondary-PS 90031160 90021160 90021160
080 RA-Revenue-PS 90031170 90050100 90021170
6.3.4.18.5 Process Order
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 130 of 229
![Page 131: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 131 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Process Order will be acting as a cost object to transfer the costs to Controlling.
Process order will be having the following costs:
Goods Issue - Material Costs based on goods issue to the process order and
price from the material master
Activity Costs – based quantity confirm actual activity confirmed, with respect
the planned activity price
Goods Receipt – Bi-products – Based on the standard price in the Material
Master
Goods Receipt – Main Material – Based on the Price control in the material
master
Process order will be having the planned cost and actual costs. The plan costs will
be based on the Standard Cost Estimate made to the product.
Actual cost will be based on actual good issue, goods receipt and Activity
confirmation postings. As a month end process, process order will be revaluated and
variance will be calculated by the system.
Till “Final Confirmation” made, system will recognize the Work in process, based on
the Process Order status / values.
6.3.4.18.6 Maintenance Order Cost
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 131 of 229
![Page 132: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 132 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Maintenance order will be created to perform the maintenance process. Maintenance
order will be having the following costs:
Material - Stores and spares
Material - Operating supplies
Services – External repairs
Services – Employee services - Activity hours
Material costs will be transferred to the Maintenance orders based on the goods
issue. Employee service costs will be transferred to the maintenance orders based
on the activity type confirmation in the Maintenance order.
Maintenance cost center overheads need to be planned for the Activity type -
Repairs, to arrive the absorption rate towards maintenance costs. The cost will be
transferred to the maintenance order based on the planned rate.
Maintenance order will be settled to the identified cost center. Corresponding
settlement rule need to be maintained, as a receiver. The following are possible
receivers:
Cost center - Based on Equipment / functional area
Cost Center – Based on manual entry in the Maintenance Order
The other receivers can be as follows;
Assets – in case any maintenance cost need to capitalized
Project – WBS – in case of project based maintenance and cost need to be
absorbed by the project
Settlement Order (internal order) – to collect the total maintenance and re-
distribute the same to, different receivers.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 132 of 229
![Page 133: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 133 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Part of the Maintenance order the settlement profile is – 40 and allocation structure
is ZM is being used.
6.3.4.18.7 Research and Development Cost
R & D is being carried out at R & D plant. The plants are approved by the competent
authority. The expenses incurred at this plants will get special exemptions. Hence the cost
will be captured and reported in a separate cost centers.
6.3.4.18.8 Cost in Project System
In Project System there is a facility to use cost planning to monitor and control cost
variances in a report. Plan the services for internally/externally-processed work, and the
required resources in network activities. The system uses the quantity and price structures
defined in the network to calculate the planned costs likely to occur as the work is executed.
Whenever the project structure is created, planned cost will be updated (CJ40)ie. Cost
estimation. CO Team will compare the cost with the notification. After comparing the same
with notification, project status will be updated by CO Team. After changing the status, it
shows as ‘CEPR CO Cross Checked’.
Once a project is planned and released we start executing the activities and confirm the
actual work carried out against the planned work in each Activity and/or Activity Element.
After confirmation the updated planned and actual costs and its variance can be seen in
report.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 133 of 229
![Page 134: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 134 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Costs and revenues are temporarily collected and stored in projects ,which need to be
settled to one or more receivers as part of period-end processing.
Overheads Absorption to Projects- CAPEX, Product/Process Development project, DMF .
It was proposed by Costing team that Overheads pertaining to Project management ,
Process Engineering , Purchase Engineering , Process Development Lab can be
absorbed to the Project by maintaining different activity Types for these Cost
Centers.
However, PS team/Commercial team cannot plan Overheads for these activities
separately for Product Costing & for Project along with Activity Quantity for
developing the different rates for absorption.
Further, project team cannot confirm the actual no of hours spent by Project
management Staff, Process Engineering staff, Purchase Engineering staff for
different types of projects.
Hence, different activity types will not be maintained for absorbing these costs. Since these costs pertain to Project Only, Costing team will not load Process
Development lab Exp , Project management Staff, Process Engineering, Purchases
Engineering for HO & Plant to regular products. Commercial team will absorb the
same to Different types of Projects based on their assumption.
6.3.4.18.9 Cost in Job work-in
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 134 of 229
![Page 135: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 135 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Arch will be carrying out the job work for external customer or internal customer. In case of
job work, the requirement material will be supplied by the customer. In this case, the material
received from the customer should not be form part of our valuation. Inview of this, it is
required to treat these materials as non-valuated materials. When the materials are
received from the customer, goods receipt will be made with the non-valuated material code.
Even manufacture / FG code will be non-valuated. These materials will be controlled only
for quantity.
Separate Process order type will be used to manufacture these goods. So that user will
know the details based on the process order and reports can be drawn accordingly.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 135 of 229
![Page 136: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 136 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.4.19 Settlements and Transfer:
If the Controlling Object is having the balance of cost and the same can be settled to
different receiver. The following are the Settlement Transfer being used at Arch:
In case of process orders/Projects/Maintenance Order the Teco will be done by the
Concerned PP/Project team/Maintenance Team. Settlement and closure will be done
by CO Team.
Sl. No Sender Possible Receiver Dependent Structures
1 Process Order – With make
to stock (i.e. without
account assignment project
or sales order)
The following are the Order
Types:
BT01 Manufacturing
BT02 Packaging
BT03 Reprocessing A
BT04 Repacking
BT05 Rework
BT08 Crams
The balance cost will be
represented as Variance in the
Process Order. Balance will be
settled to CO-PA value filed.
Variances will be posted the
financial accounting using the
Settlement profile PI01- Process
order.
The Variance also Transferred to
CO-PA using the Transfer
Structure
“Z0- Arch Process Order – COPA”
2 Process Order – With make
to order (i.e. job work in
with account assignment
sales order). The following
are the Process Order
Types:
The Job work in is being
handled through non-valuated
materials. The Process order
will be having the costs relating
to overheads. Process order
will be settled to the Sales
Settlement profile PI01- Process
order is being used.
The Process order does not have
any variances and total cost will be
transferred to the Sales Order. In
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 136 of 229
![Page 137: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 137 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Sl. No Sender Possible Receiver Dependent Structures
BT09 Job Work
Manufacturing
BT10 Job Work Packing
BT11 Job work
Reprocessing
BT12 Job work
Repacking
BT13 Job work Rework
BT14 Job work
equipment cleaning
order. The cost in the process
order will be transferred to
Sales order.
this case, the sale order become
the cost object.
3 Process Order –
Manufacturing towards
Projects. The following
Process Order Type is
being used.
BT08 Crams
The Material cost and
manufacturing overhead will be
transferred to the project.
Necessary settlement rule need
to be maintained in the Process
Order.
Settlement profile PI01- Process
order is being used.
4 Process Order – Some of
the costs in the order type
need to be settled based
on the requirements. These
order types are:
BT06 Equipment
Cleaning
BT07 Exhibit
BT15 Validation Batches
Based on the business call, CO
Team will maintain the
settlement rule, before settling
the process order
Settlement profile PI01- Process
order is being used
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 137 of 229
![Page 138: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 138 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Sl. No Sender Possible Receiver Dependent Structures
5 Project Settlement – AUC /
Capex
Project Profile – Z000003-
Capex Projects
Cost will be captured by direct
posting to project from FI or
MM or settlement of
Maintenance order. When
Project is settled the cost will
be transferred to AUC Asset,
on periodic basis. When project
finally settled, it will transfer the
cost from AUC to regular asset
based on the settlement rule
maintained.
In case of AUC asset, based on
investment profile (Z00001)
system will create the AUC
asset under the Asset Class
5300.
Settlement Profile – ZPS5 - PS
Settlement to Fixed Asset
6 Project Settlement – with
sales Revenue – COPA
Project Profile – Z000001-
CRAMS Projects
Mfg. Cost will be transferred
from Process Order to Project
WBS element. On settlement of
Process Order, if any variance
between the planned cost
determined at the time of
release Vs. actual cost, will be
transferred to Project WBS
element.
From WBS can be settled down
to Profitability Segment, total
revenue and cost will be
transferred to CO-PA.
Settlement Profile – ZPS1 - Project
Settlement – PSG
CO-PA Transfer Structure –
Z1 - PA Transfer Structure PS
7 Project Settlement – The cost will be settled to Cost Settlement Profile
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 138 of 229
![Page 139: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 139 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Sl. No Sender Possible Receiver Dependent Structures
Expenses – Cost Object
Project Profile – Z000002-
Expense Projects
Center or a Profitability
Segment
ZPS4-Project Settlmnt - Genl
COPA Transfer Structure
Z2- PA Tran Struct PS Dev Projects
8 Sales Order – The Job
work in is being handled
through non-valuated
materials against Sales
Order as assignment. The
Process order will be
having the costs relating to
overheads. Process order
will be settled to the Sales
order. The cost in the
process order will be
transferred to Sales order.
The sales Order costs and
revenue need to be settled
to COPA Segment
Sales order Type
ZO18- Jobwork Ord No
Excise
ZO19- Jobwork Ord –
Excise
Sale order will be settled to
Profitability Segment.
Settlement Profile –
ZSD1 - Sales order make-to-order
prodn.
COPA Transfer Structure:
Z3 PA Transfer Structure PS
9 Maintenance Order
ZM01 Break Down Order
ZM02 Preventive
Maintenance Order
ZM03 Preventive
Maintenance Quality Dept.
Maintenance order will be
having the cost posted through
material consumption, activity
confirmation, etc.
Settlement Profile –
40 - Maintenance measure
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 139 of 229
![Page 140: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 140 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Ord
ZM04 Calibration Order-
Engineering
ZM05 Quality Department
Calibration Order
ZM06 Re-Validation / Re-
Qualification Order
ZM07 small Modification
from user department
ZM08 Modification Order
Through PS
These cost need to be settled
to Cost center based on the
functional location or
equipment or Projects if the
services are being used for
project or a general cost center
based on the manual
assignment of settlement rule
6.3.4.20 Product Cost Controlling- Transaction / Activity Chart:
Sl.No Transaction T.code Input Output User Role Controls
1 Display BOM CS03 Material, Plant, BOM
Usage
Displays the
BOM
CO user BOM need to be
created for the
Plant
2 Display Resource CRC3 Plant, Resource Displays the
identified
resource data
CO User Resource need to
be defined in the
system
3 Display Recipe C203 Material, Plant Displays the
Master
Recipe
CO User Recipe must be
defined in the
system
4 Create Cost
Estimate (single)
CK11N Material, Plant,
Costing Variant,
Costing Version,
Costing Lot size
System
derives the
Standard
cost of the
CO User Necessary master
data and costing
planning must be
in place
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 140 of 229
![Page 141: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 141 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
selected lot
size
5 Price update
(single)
CK24 Period/ year, Material,
Company Code, Plant
Marking and
releasing ,
CO User Cost must be
saved before
release in CK11N
6 Costing Run CK40N Costing Run ID, Date,
Description, Costing
Variant
Co Code
Controlling Area
Costing Version
Different
levels of
execution will
be carried
out.
Selection,
Structure
Explosion,
Costing
Analysis
Marking
Release
CO BPO Necessary Master
data in place
7 Process order CR03 Process Order Provide the
details of the
process
order,
materials,
cost, etc
CO User Process Order
Type
8 Revaluate
Process Order
MFN1 /
CON2
Process order /
Period / Fiscal Year
Revaluate
the process
order based
on actual
activity price
CO user Plant
9 Work in Process KKAX /
KKAY
Process order /
Period / Year / RA
Key
Calculates
the WIP
CO User Plant
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 141 of 229
![Page 142: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 142 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
10 Variance KKS2 /
KKS1
Process Order /
Period / Fiscal Year
Variance will
be calculated
order wise
CO User Plant
11 Settlement KO88 /
CO88
Process Order /
Period / Fiscal Year
Variance /
WIP will be
posted to the
Financial
Accounting
CO User Plant
12 Close CO period OKP1 CO Area, Period,
Year
Select the
business
process /
month to
close
BPO Period control
6.3.4.21 Product Cost Controlling - Integration:
Sl.No Module Details
1 PP BOM, Resource and Recipe details are taken from the PP module. Standard
Price arrived in Product cost controlling is compared with the actual of PP
module
2 FI Integrated with Financial Accounting to arrive the actual overheads
3 PS Cost of Project System will be settled using the Settlement Structure of CO.
Based on the Allocation structure (which is derived from the settlement
structure), necessary senders and receivers will be identified. The Senders
will be identified through Cost element groups.
4 PM Maintenance cost will be captured to Maintenance Orders. These cost can be
settled using the Settlement Structure, to respective cost centers or projects
or other maintenance orders.
5 SD Job-work orders will be followed as Make-to-order and product will be
manufactured against specific orders.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 142 of 229
![Page 143: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 143 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6 CO-PA When the process Orders are settled to, system will post the variances to the
Costing based CO-PA.
6.3.5 BBP_CO_BP6.3.5 Inventory Valuation considerations and costing impacts
6.3.5.1 Solvent Recovery should not absorb Overheads:This bi-product will be identified and costing BOM will be maintained for the valuation. To
activate costing, this BOM should not be a recursive BOM. If the BOM is maintained as
Recursive BOM, The recursive component has to be maintained as “Not Relevent for
Costing’.
6.3.5.2 Slow Moving and Non-Moving Stocks Information
SAP tracks the details based on the goods movements of the materials and provides
the necessary information by way of reports (T.code MC46 and MC50)
6.3.5.3 Treatment of short receipt quantity.GR has to be made for actual quantities or based on the Arch policy the process of debit
note can be followed.
6.3.5.4 Stock Ageing Analysis.
In case of material with Batch management, it is possible. As per Arch, every
location the batch number is getting changed and new batch is being created. This is
a GAP in standard functionality, an ABAP program need to be developed.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 143 of 229
![Page 144: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 144 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.5 Inventory Classification:
Classification – own inventory, job work in inventory, job work out inventory, usable
inventory, rejected inventory is possible in standard system by taking material type
wise inventory reports with the combination of Split Valuation
6.3.5.6 Loss In Transit during Inter location Transfers :
Prepare GRN for full quantity and post the loss in transit stock as Blocked stock.
Subsequently the loss in transit needs to be issued to a cost center or post the
physical inventory difference.
6.3.5.7 Invoice Booking Should be only after Quality Approval :
Invoice will be allowed even before QC approval. But it will be blocked for payment in case
of QC not approved in the standard SAP functionality. It is a GAP in standard SAP. An
enhancement is to be made to get this facility.
6.3.5.8 Transport Charges Treatment in STO: At the time of PO preparation it should be included in one of the conditions. If the receiving
end the price control in the Material Master is V- system will add the transportation cost to
the materials. If the price control is S – system will valuate based on the Material master
price and difference will be posted to the Stock transfer difference account
6.3.5.9 Incidental Charges inventorisation on imports: To load the Transit Insurance, Warehousing charges and clearing charges to the inventory
these terms need to be maintained in the Purchase order as conditions.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 144 of 229
![Page 145: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 145 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.10 Treatment of Inventory Written Off: SAP system is having the following process:
1. Goods issue to Cost Center2. Scrapping3. Physical Inventory differenceSystem will post the corresponding accounting entries to financial accounting and to Controlling.
6.3.5.11 Impact in Costing while destroying Stocks :
Based on the process adopted by Arch, the inventory value will be charged off. If the
goods are issued to a Cost Center and the same can be analyzed
6.3.5.12 BOM Accuracy : System will provide the details of Material components in the Bill of Materials. Hierarchical
BOM, will provide the various stages of material components.
6.3.5.13 Inventory Landed Cost Break UP : Necessary conditions need to be maintained in the Purchase order. Based on which system
will valuate the material and update the inventory. Exact report is a GAP in standard SAP.
To present the same in the required format, a Report need to be developed.
6.3.5.14 Inventory Controls.PO Amendment after GRN : Standard SAP allows to amend the PO even
after GRN.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 145 of 229
![Page 146: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 146 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Control on GR Reversal: It Is Possible to restrict the system not to
allow to reverse GRN, unless the corresponding MIRO against that GRN is
reversed. System will give error message
Difference in Inventory Valuation between Finance & Logistics: SAP
System will maintain the integration between the Material accounting and
Financial accounting system. Values are flown automatically to Financial
Accounting from the logistics and no difference between both modules.
Not to allow manual postings to Inventory Accounts & Invenory
Consumption Accounts:
While creating the general ledger accounts the Automatic Posting fields
needs to be selected. These field will made be made mandatory for the stock
related GL accounts. But if this control is activated to Consumption accounts,
system will not allow to do WBS Consumption procurements.
To allow the WBS Consumption while making the purchase order, “Post
Automatically Only” check box has to be removed from the GL master. In
order to facilitate to control the consumption accounts from other manual
postings, an enhancement need to be written. It is a GAP standard SAP.
Inventory Revaluation Authorization for MR21/MR22 will be given to
authorized users.
6.3.5.15 Batch wise Recoveries Information With Quantities: Manufacturing will be taking place for each batch and corresponding process order will be
created. Recoveries (Solvents /Crude Mother/ liquor)are being posted against the Process
Order and details can be drawn against the process order (i.e. batch)
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 146 of 229
![Page 147: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 147 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.16 FG/ Intermediataries Valuation: FG/ Intermediataries Valuation Can be achieved through Standard cost estimate. Based on
recipe and overhead rates maintained in the system, material will be valuated when user
release the Standard Cost Estimate
6.3.5.17 Treatment of Materials Used in Cleaning Batches: Separate Process Order type is being used for cleaning activity and data will be captured at
process order level, in case of campaign change.
In case of batch to batch cleaning activity, the cost will be captured through machine activity.
Necessary material will be issued to the respective cost centers/ process order.
6.3.5.18 Treatment of Failed batches: In case of failed batch, user has to make the GR against the Process order. These materials
are being tested by the Quality Control team and identify them as failed batch. Based on
which these batches need to be scrapped or reprocessed. The goods can be issued to the
respective process order. The process represents more variances.
If no output is being generated, no yield will be reported and final confirmation will be made
and process order has to be settled with variances.
6.3.5.19 Capacity Utilization / Idle capacity:User need to identify the capacity, part of the planning activity. The same need to be
maintained, in the system part of the CO planning. The actual values will be posted by the
system based on the confirmation of Process orders. The actual values can be seen against
the cost center. User can see the actual value and planned value against a cost center
6.3.5.20 Re Process Batch Information: Separate order type is being used for re-process of the materials. Based on the process
order, user can arrive at the cost of re-processing i.e. material consumed and activity types
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 147 of 229
![Page 148: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 148 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
used. If settlement rule is maintained, the cost of the Re-process can be settled to the main
process order
6.3.5.21 Cost Component Structure information: Planed costs can be seen cost component structure wise after completion of cost estimate at
material level or plant level. Actual costs are available only for the particular level
components and activities.
Actual cost of Raw Material Packing Material break-up at each stage of production is not
possible for each stage of production. It is not feasible to develop the same. It is a GAP in
the System.
6.3.5.22 Variance Details: Variances will be calculated based on the process order. In case of 2nd Crop process order
the same need to be settled to the main process order to arrive the total variances of the
order.
6.3.5.23 Cost Component Information of Intermediaries: As per the BOM and Recipe standard cost will be updated in the Material Master. Actuals
are available only for the particular level components and activities.
GAP: Actual cost of Raw Material Packing Material break-up at each stage of production is
not possible for each stage of production. It is not feasible to develop the same. It is GAP in
standard SAP Functionality.
6.3.5.24 Batch Type Harmonization in the production: In SAP System it is being created different Process order types to represent the Batch
Types. Based on the Order types, user can draw the reports and analyze the same.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 148 of 229
![Page 149: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 149 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.25 Validation for posting of recoveries with rates: It is required to have the same quantity of costing lot size in the BOM header quantity. It is a
GAP as per requirements and direct control is not possible to have the same costing lot size
in the BOM header quantity. Still if this is need to be controlled, ABAP enhancement need to
be done in consultation with PP Module.
6.3.5.26 Average Inventory Holding Period: Based on the specified formula, the report need to calculate the raw material stock on hand,
in terms of sales. The report is a GAP in the standard functionality and ABAP report has to
be developed.
6.3.5.27 Treatment of Second Crop Production: SAP will post Goods Receipt for the recovered materials, based on the BOM components.
6.3.5.28 Cost of By-Product to be reduced from Main product.This can be achieved by defining the costing BOM for bi-product. System will reduce the
value of the byproduct from the main product.
6.3.5.29 Subcontract Recovered Stock valuation: Valuation will be associated with Sending plant inventory valuation. Valuation will be
automatically updated by the system when the sub-contract stocks were entered while
making the GRN against sub-contracting PO.
6.3.5.30 Inter location job work cycle within a company codeSending plant will follow the Sub-contracting process, as if the material sent to external
vendor. The receiving plant follows the Job work in process, as if the material received from
the external customer. The material codes used in the job work in process are non-valuated
materials. There is no relation between the JW in and JW out process. Both will be
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 149 of 229
![Page 150: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 150 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
operating independently. Job work charges can be maintained as condition type in the
purchase order. System will post the financial charges at the time of GR. In order to load the
transportation charges necessary conditions are to be maintained in the sub-contracting
purchase order.
GAP: Information On Changes to Sub-Contracting BOM While Executing Transaction :
While consuming the Sub-Contracting Stocks against the GR, system will not have any
standard validation on the component consumption quantities against the Sub-Contracting
BOM. There is no process to give warning to the any users about the changes in the sub-
contracting components. standard report ME80FN is available to show the sub-contracting
header quantity and the components consumptions against sub-contracting purchase order.
The Validation with regard to BOM quantity & quantity issued in case of Sub Contracting PO,
will be decided in MM Module. The same point will be covered in BBP of MM Module.
6.3.5.31 Subcontract Material Usage and Inventory Control: System need to provide the information Raw material Vs. Finished Goods, based on the
BOM maintained in the system. ABAP Program need to be developed, if the format of
standard program is not sufficient.
6.3.5.32 Issue of processed material to cost centre: Inventory is being valued based on the Price Control. The price control will be S for the
Manufactured materials. The Standard Price will be inclusive of Material price and
overheads. It is not possible to isolate the overhead part and it is a GAP.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 150 of 229
![Page 151: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 151 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.33 Capture of R&D Expenses: Need to be created these departments as Cost Centers. All relevant expenses can be
posted to the respective cost centers. Based on the cost centers a report can be drawn
6.3.5.34 Period Closure: Part of the CO Processes, user need follow the necessary closing steps to complete the
periodic process
6.3.5.35 Effect and result of CSA: Necessary allocation cycles need to be created to transfer the service cost center costs to
production cost center
6.3.5.36 Expenses provision in finance to move to cost centers. Part of the period reporting, it is required to make necessary provisions, in Financial
accounting. Based on the provisions made in FI the expenses will be available in CO for
reporting
6.3.5.37 Payroll Expenses to post to cost centers:
Payroll details are being maintained in the external system. Payroll details will be loaded into
SAP Cost Center wise, through an interface program. Since SAP payroll is not implemented
it is a GAP in standard SAP. An ABAP interface program need to be developed.
6.3.5.38 Sample should be form part of COGS:
These can be form part of billing from Sales and Distribution module
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 151 of 229
![Page 152: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 152 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.39 Reprocessing Cost Information:
Reprocessing is being carried out through another Batch type. Based on which necessary
cost analysis can be carried out
6.3.5.40 : Optimum Product Mix
Based on the standard cost and contribution of the product, user has to arrive the Optimum
Product Mix
6.3.5.41 Log Sheet Maintenance for Utilities: Part of the Plant Maintenance module, necessary log sheet will be maintained for utility
consumption. Fuel consumptions can be tracked by way of issues to the cost centre. Yield
from the cost centre can be recorded through plant maintenance measuring points.
6.3.5.42 Log Sheet Maintenance for Utilities: Utility per unit cost is being arrived in the respective cost centers. Based on the secondary
resource usage, utility cost will be transferred to product. Quantities will also be captured to
the cost centre.
6.3.5.43 Yield against Utility Cost: Information is available in the cost centers. If any specific output formats are needed, it is a
GAP. An ABAP Report need to be developed, as per Arch requirement
6.3.5.44 Coal Purchases tracking by sourceBased on the Purchase order, the same can be known about the source of supply. If
required the same can be maintained in the split valuation
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 152 of 229
![Page 153: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 153 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.3.5.45 Unauthorized PTN/PTNI Valuation: System will valuate the materials, based on the Goods receipt and as per the price in the
material master based on the price control
6.3.5.46 Unauthorized PTN/PTNI Valuation: Standard report MRN9 is
available to compare the inventory with material master price and the
commercial price.
6.3.6 BBP_CO_BP6.3.6 Profit Center Accounting
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 153 of 229
Profit center accounting Profit center PlanningPeriod-end closing of
PCA
![Page 154: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 154 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
A profit center is a management-oriented organizational unit used for internal controlling
purposes.
Dividing the company into profit centers allows you to analyze areas of responsibility and to
delegate responsibility to decentralized units, thus treating them as “companies within the
company”.
The profit center differs from a cost center. The cost centers merely represent the units in
which capacity costs arise, whereas the person in charge of the profit center is responsible
for its balance of costs and revenues. The main aim of Profit Center Accounting is to
determine profit for internal areas of responsibility. It lets you determine profits and losses at
each profit centre.
Every profit center is assigned to the organizational unit Controlling Area. The profit centers
in a company code belong to a standard profit center hierarchy that is also assigned to the
Controlling Area.
All profit-relevant business transactions are updated in the profit center hierarchy according
to G/L account at the same time they are processed in the original module of the SAP
system. This ensures that the entire flow of goods and services within a company is
transformed in goods and services relationships between profit centers. This is true both with
actual postings and in planning.
In SAP all P & L account postings originating from either Logistics or Finance will be passed
on real time to PCA.
Versions
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 154 of 229
![Page 155: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 155 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Versions are required for collection of plan and actual data for one Controlling Area.
Versions enable to carry parallel sets of planning data for the same object. The planning
data should be updated in the version for the revenue element at the Profit Center level in
the format of Profit Center/ Revenue Element.
Actual data is always compared against the plan values set in version 0. Typically, version 0
corresponds to approve Budget figures for meaningful comparison.
Version Purpose Version Name
Approved Values Version – 0
Plan Values Version – 1
6.3.6.1 Automatic derivation of profit center in actual transactions
The profit center can be maintained in the masters and while doing actual transactions the
profit center is derived. The profit center derivation logic is explained in the following table.
Sl. No.
Particulars Logic
1. Expenditure Cost of goods sold: Each Material at plant level is
assigned to a Profit Center at the material master. At
the time of booking of sale the Profit Center will be
automatically derived from the Material master.
Price Difference: The same will be derived from the
Material master.
Internal consumption: At the time of booking of
consumption, Cost Center / order is a mandatory
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 155 of 229
![Page 156: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 156 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
field. This will in turn derive the Profit Center.
Inventory Shrinkage/Lost in transit: The same will
be booked to a Cost Center, which in turn will derive
the Profit Center.
Other Direct and Indirect Expenditure: At the time
of booking of expenditure Cost Center is to be given.
This will in turn derive the Profit Center.
The Cost Center field should be mandatory in case
of booking of any expenditure.
2. Income Sales of material / Scrap: Each material / Service
at plant level is assigned to a Profit Center at the
master level. At the time of booking of sale the Profit
Center will be automatically derived from the material
master.
Other operating income: in case of manual FI
entry, Profit Center has to be manually entered at the
time of entry. The same has to be a mandatory field.
3. Fixed Assets At the time of booking of fixed asset, Profit Center
will be derived from the cost center assigned in the
asset master.
4. Inventory Each Material at plant level is assigned to a Profit
Center at the Material master.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 156 of 229
![Page 157: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 157 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
5. Debtors and other
related special GL
transactions
(excluding advance
received)
The Profit Center will be derived from the offsetting
line item. In case there are multiple offsetting line
items, the system will break the debtors in the ratio
of the offsetting line item.
6. Advance received
from customers
Manual entry at the time of booking
7. Creditors and other
related special GL
transactions
(excluding advance
given)
Same as Debtors
8. Advance given to
vendors
Manual entry at the time of booking
9. Share Capital Profit Center can be attached at the GL level
10. Secured and
Unsecured Loans
Profit Center can be attached at the GL level
6.3.6.2 Actual Posting in Profit Centre AccountingAll the postings in Financial Accounting, Materials Management, Asset Management and
Sales and Distribution and Controlling that affect profits are reflected in Profit Centre
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 157 of 229
![Page 158: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 158 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Accounting. Profit centers cannot receive direct postings in the SAP ECC System. Instead,
the data is posted to other objects and passed on from there to a profit centre in Profit
Centre Accounting. This makes it possible to display company’s results by profit centre
based on the original postings and with no additional work.
6.3.6.3 Profit Centre Account AnalysisClassic profit centre accounting is not activated in Arch. In new ledger concept, profit centre
is acting as financial Organizational element than controlling organizational element. The
information system lets one analyze all the Data in Profit Centre Accounting individually as
well as in a summarized form according to different criteria. The reports in the Profit Centre
Accounting information system can be classified into two groups:
Drilldown reports
S_AC0_52000888: Payables Profit centre wise
S_AC0_5200087: Receivables profit centre wise
FAGLL03: GL Line item report with profit centers
Report Painter reports (and Report Writer reports)
Profit centre wise trial balance
Profit centre wise balance sheet
6.3.7 BPP_CO_BP6.3.7 Profitability Analysis
Detailed Business Blue print on Controlling – Profitability Analysis is being provided in a
separate document.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 158 of 229
![Page 159: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 159 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.4 Business Process Steps & Transactions
Main Process Description Process Of SAP Transaction Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 159 of 229
![Page 160: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 160 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
6.4.1
Cost Element Accounting
This Will cover
the cost
Element
Reports.
Cost element Display
Display Cost Elements
KA03
KA23
6.4.2
Cost Centre Accounting
This Will cover
the cost centre
reports.
Actual cost line items : CC
Wise
Breakdown by partners.
Breakdown by transactions
Quarterly Comparision
Range – Cost Elements
Cost Centre Master Reports
Activity Prices List
KSB1
S_ALR_87013615
S_ALR_87013616
S_ALR_87013623
S_ALR_87013613
KS13
KSBT
6.4.3
Internal Order Accounting
This Will cover
the Internal
order Reports.
Actual Line Items Internal
Order
Order Plan/Actuals
List : Cost Elements By Order
KOB1
S_ALR_87012993
S_ALR_87012997
6.4.4
Product Cost Controlling
This will cover
the product
Cost Reports
Process Order Information
Syst
Results Of Costing Run
Price Vs.Cost Estimate
Variances between two runs
COOIS_PI
S_ALR_87099930
S_ALR_87099931
S_ALR_87099931
6.4.5
Inventory Valuation
This will cover
the inventory
reports of
Maaterial
Stock On Posting date
Display wharehouse stocks
Material Document List
Valuated Sales order or proj
MB5B
MB52
MB51
MBBS
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 160 of 229
![Page 161: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 161 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
management stk
Stock Overview
MMBE
6.4.6
Profitability Analysis
This will cover
the Reports of
Profitability
analysis
CO-PA Line Item Report
CO-PA Plan Line Item Report
KE24
KE25
7 Functional RequirementURS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
Valuation and consumption cost of Raw Material/ Packing
Material/ Lab Chemicals
001/001 The stock needs to
be valued as soon
as the GRN is
entered in the
system.
SAP System will value the
goods based on the Goods
Receipt, based on the
Purchase Order terms and
post the value to
corresponding General Ledger
Accounts
BBP_C
O_MD5.1.10.1
to
5.1.10.6
Standard
001/002 Proper System to
capture expenses
incidental to
purchase of
material to form
part of landed cost
All the delivery cost need to be
maintained in the purchase
order, to add to the inventory
cost and to arrive the landed
cost
BBP_C
O_MD5.1.10.1
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 161 of 229
![Page 162: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 162 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
of that material.
001/003 Proper Coding
structure for
purchased,
produced and sub
contracted material
should be there.
Based on the Material types
and Split valuation process the
same will be achieved
BBP_C
O_MD5.1.10.6
Standard
001/004 Controlled Price
Products details
should be
available.
A Pricing condition will be
provided to maintain the
Controlled price of a product.
The price will be maintained in
the sequence of Company
Code and Material Code.
BBP_S
D_MD5
Standard
001/005 System to ensure
inventory
classification – raw
material, packing
material, lab
chemicals,
intermediates,
finished goods, bi
product, fuel items
and engineering
items.
Materials are classified based
in the Material Types. Split
valuation has been activated
to obtain the source of the
materials. Correspondingly
these materials are linked to
respective Valuation class to
post the Corresponding
General ledger accounts
BBP_C
O_MD5.1.10.6
Standard
001/006 Non Moving and
slow moving
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
BBP_C
O_BP
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 162 of 229
![Page 163: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 163 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
stocks. the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
6.3.5.2
001/007 Proper treatment of
short receipt
quantity.
GR has to be made for actual
quantities or based on the
Arch policy the process of
debit note can be followed.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.3
Standard
001/008 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
interlocation
transfer of material
with the first GRN
date to carry for
ageing purpose.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
per Arch every location, the
batch number is getting
changed and new batch is
being created. This need to be
developed as a report, as per
the specifications of Arch.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
001/009 Material Mix –
Local & Imported.
Split Valuation will be
activated to classify the local
and imported material values
and identify the stock
separately.
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
001/010 Proper Inventory
System for
Classification –
own inventory, job
It is possible in standard
system by taking material type
wise inventory reports with the
combination of Split Valuation.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.5
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 163 of 229
![Page 164: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 164 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
work in inventory,
job work out
inventory, usable
inventory, rejected
inventory.
001/011 Inter location
transfer of material
and loss in transit
treatment in the
system.
Prepare GRN for full quantity
and post the loss in transit
stock as Blocked stock.
Subsequently the loss in
transit needs to be issued to a
cost center or post the
physical inventory difference.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.6
Standard
001/012 Invoice Should be
allowed to book
after it is approved
by QC
Invoice will be allowed even
before QC approval. But it will
be blocked for payment in
case of QC not approved.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.7
Standard
001/013 Transportation of
interlocation
transfer to be
loaded on
inventory
At the time of PO preparation
it should be included in one of
the conditions. If the receiving
end the price control in the
Material Master is V- system
will add the transportation cost
to the materials. If the price
control is S – system will
valuate based on the Material
master price and difference
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.8
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 164 of 229
![Page 165: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 165 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
will be posted to the Stock
transfer difference account
001/014 System to work out
Transit Insurance,
Warehousing
charges and
clearing charges to
be loaded on
inventory in case of
import.
All the terms need to be
maintained in the Purchase
order to add the same
inventory cost.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.9
Standard
001/015 System treatment
for write off of
material and
accounting
treatment thereof
SAP system is having the
following process:
4. Goods issue to Cost Center
5. Scrapping6. Physical Inventory
differenceSystem will post the
corresponding accounting
entries to Financial
accounting.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.10
Standard
001/016 Goods destroyed
effects in costing
Based on the process adopted
by Arch, the inventory value
will be charged off. If the
goods are issued to a Cost
Center and the same can be
analyzed
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.11
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 165 of 229
![Page 166: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 166 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
001/017 Bill Of Material
should be accurate
to capture requisite
quantity of Raw
materials required
at various stages
of recipie.
System will provide the details
of Material components in the
Bill of Materials. Hierarchical
BOM, will provide the various
stages of material components
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.12
Standard
001/018 Break up of landed
cost of Raw
Material ie basic
price & other add
up cost
components
Necessary conditions need to
be maintained in the
Purchase order. Based on
which system will valuate the
material and update. To
present the same in the form
of Cost component model, a
Report need to be developed
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.13
ABAP
Developm
ent
001/019.A Controls-
- The System
should not allow to
amend the P.O
after the first GRN
is prepared.
Standard SAP allows to
amend the PO even after
GRN
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
001/019.B - If the MIRO is
booked against
GRN, system
should not allow to
It is possible restrict GRN
reversal after MIRO posting.
System will give error
message.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 166 of 229
![Page 167: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 167 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
reverse GRN,
unless the
corresponding
MIRO against that
GRN is reversed.
001/019.C -There should not
be any difference
in Raw Material
valuation between
MM Module & FI
Module.
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
and no difference between the
system.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
001/019.D - No Manual
postings should be
allowed in Raw
Material related
Automatic GL
Accounts ie Stock
of Raw Material ,
Raw Material
consumed.
While creating the general
ledger accounts the Automatic
Posting fields needs to be
selected. These field will
made be made mandatory for
the stock related GL accounts.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard/
ABAP to
control
Cosumptio
n
Accounts
001/019.E - No Authorization
to anybody for
artificially changing
Authorization to price change
transaction code i.e.MR21 will
be provided to identified user.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 167 of 229
![Page 168: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 168 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
valuation of Raw
Material - ie MR21,
MR22.
Valuation and consumption cost of Semi-Finished Materials
002/001 System for batch
wise recoveries of
solvents/ crude/
spent/ mother
liquor needs to be
in place.
Manufacturing will be taking
place for each batch and
corresponding process order
will be created. Recoveries
are being posted against the
Process Order and details can
be drawn against the process
order (i.e. batch)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
002/002 Accurate
information on
material content
and usage of the
recovered material
needs to be
captured.
Manufacturing will be taking
place for each batch and
corresponding process order
will be created. Recoveries
are being posted against the
Process Order and details can
be drawn against the process
order (i.e. batch)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
002/003 Intermediate at
Avon Organics
needs to be valued
properly.
Can be achieved through
Standard cost estimate.
Based on recipe and overhead
rates maintained in the
system, material will be
valuated when user release
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.16
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 168 of 229
![Page 169: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 169 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
the Standard Cost Estimate.
002/004 Harmonization in
different batch type
for production,
which are not used
diligently.
In SAP System it is being
created different Process
order types to represent the
Batch Types. Based on the
Order types, user can draw
the reports and analyze the
same
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.24
Standard
002/005 Material used in
cleaning batches
should be treated
as a direct cost
rather than
overheads to the
products in the
system.
Separate Process Order type
is being used for cleaning
activity and data will be
captured at process order
level, in case of campaign
change.
In case of batch to batch
cleaning activity, the cost will
be captured through machine
activity. Necessary material
will be issued to the respective
cost centers.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.17
Standard
002/006 Solvent recovery
batches should not
absorb overheads,
coz it is not a
production.
This bi-product will be
identified and costing BOM will
be maintained for the
valuation. To activate costing,
this BOM should not be a
recursive BOM. If the
BBP_C
O_BP 6.4.4.1
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 169 of 229
![Page 170: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 170 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
component is recursive in
nature, then it has to be
activated “Not Relevent to
costing”. Pairing has to be
maintained to give the costing
effect.
002/007 Proper Coding
structure for
purchased,
produced and sub
contracted material
It is achieved through split
valuation for materials
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
002/008 Controlled Price
Products details
should be
available.
A Pricing condition will be
provided to maintain the
Controlled price of a product.
The price will be maintained in
the sequence of Company
Code and Material Code.
BBP_S
D_MD
5.0
Standard
002/009 System to ensure
inventory
classification – raw
material, lab
chemicals,
intermediates,
finished goods, bi
product, fuel items
and engineering
Materials types are being
identified and codification has
been made accordingly. In
addition to the material types,
split valuation is being
activated to identify the stocks,
based on source of supply and
inventory value.
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 170 of 229
![Page 171: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 171 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
items.
002/010 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
interlocation
transfer of material
with the first
production date to
carry the ageing.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
per Arch every location, the
batch number is getting
changed and new batch is
being created. This need to be
developed as a report, as per
the specifications of Arch.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
002/011 Proper treatment of
failed batches
where there is no
output. It should be
taken as an
abnormal loss.
In case of failed batch, user
has to make the GR against
the Process order. These
materials are being tested by
the Quality Control team and
identify them as failed batch.
Based on which these batches
need to be scrapped or
reprocessed. The goods can
be issued to the respective
process order. The process
represents more variances.
If no output is being
generated, no yield will be
reported and final confirmation
will be made and process
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.18
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 171 of 229
![Page 172: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 172 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
order has to be settled with
variances.
002/012 Capacity Utilization
and idle capacity.
User need to identify the
capacity, part of the planning
activity. The same need to be
maintained, in the system part
of the CO planning. The
actual values will be posted by
the system based on the
confirmation of Process
orders. The actual values can
be seen against the cost
center. User can seen the
actual value and planned
value against a cost center
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.19
Standard
002/013 TRT hrs utilized in
each production
cost centre for our
own production
and third party
production (job
work – in) for each
product.
Separate order Type are being
created to track the own
production and job-work
production. Based on order
types data will be accumulated
and provided the information,
through summarization reports
BBP_P
P-
PI_BP0
3
Standard
002/014 Reprocess batch
details with
material loss and
Separate order type is being
used for re-process of the
materials. Based on the
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.20
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 172 of 229
![Page 173: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 173 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
overheads incurred
in reprocessing.
process order, user can arrive
the cost of re-processing i.e.
material consumed and
activity types used. If
settlement rule is maintained,
the cost of the Re-process can
be settled to the main process
order
002/015 Separate Raw
material and
overhead cost
component
breakup of the
material at every
stage of production
for each product.
Planed costs can be seen cost
component structure wise
after completion of cost
estimate at material level or
plant level. Actual are
available only for the particular
level components and
activities
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.21
GAP
002/015 Variance in yield
batch wise, product
wise (including 2nd
crop) and loss
thereof.
Variances will be calculated
based on the process order.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.22
Standard
002/016 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T. code MC46 and
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 173 of 229
![Page 174: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 174 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
MC50 )
002/017 Proper Inventory
System for
Classification –
own inventory, job
work in inventory,
job work out
inventory, usable
inventory, rejected
inventory.
Based on the Material types
and Split valuation process the
same will be achieved
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.5
Standard
002/018 Interlocation
transfer of material
and loss in transit
treatment in the
system.
Prepare GRN for full quantity;
in same GRN maintain loss
stock as Blocked stock. Goods
need to be written off, as per
the accounting policy.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.6
Standard
002/019 Transportation of
interlocation
transfer to be
loaded on
inventory.
At the time of PO preparation
it should be included in one of
the conditions.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.8
Standard
002/020 System treatment
for write off of
material and
accounting
treatment thereof.
It is possible in Inventory
Management module with
movement type 551/553/558
in MIGO or MB1A. Based on
the Arch accounting policy the
accounting treatment of these
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.10
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 174 of 229
![Page 175: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 175 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
materials can be posted into
the system.
002/021 Intermediates
valuation should
consist of following
cost components ie
Raw Material,
Direst Cost,
Power/Fuel,
Manufacturing
Ohds
As per the BOM and Recipe
standard cost will be updated
in the Material Master. If the
actual Raw Material
components need to be seen
at all stages, a custom system
will provide report based on
the cost estimates and at plant
level or at material level.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.23
Standard
002/022 Controls--There should not
be any difference
in Intermediates
valuation between
MM Module & FI
Module.
- No Manual
postings should be
allowed in
Intermediates
related Automatic
GL Accounts ie
Stock of
Intermediates ,
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
and no difference between the
system.
MR21 will not be allowed for
automatically posting GL
accounts
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 175 of 229
![Page 176: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 176 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
Change in
Inventory –
Intermediates ,
Cost of Goods
Sold
- No Authorisation
to anybody for
artificially changing
valuation of
Intermediates - ie
MR21, MR22.
Valuation and consumption cost of Finished goods
003/001 System for
batchwise
recoveries of
solvents/ crude/
spent/ mother
liquor needs to be
in place.
Manufacturing will be taking
place for each batch and
corresponding process order
will be created. Recoveries
are being posted against the
Process Order and details can
be drawn against the process
order (i.e. batch)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
003/002 Accurate
information on
material content
and usage of the
recovered material
needs to be
Based on the inspection plan
and testing of the materials,
the results can be recorded
into the system. Based on
which user, has to do the
analysis and take the decision
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 176 of 229
![Page 177: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 177 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
captured. on its usage
003/003 Finished goods at
Avon Organics
need to be valued
properly.
Finished goods can be valued
at standard price. The
manufactured finished goods,
will be having the Recipe
(BOM & Operations), based
on which system will valuate
the Material cost and
overheads to manufacturing
the finished good.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.16
Standard
003/004 Harmonisation in
different batch
types for
production, which
are not used
diligently.
In SAP System it is being
created different Process
order types to represent the
Batch Types. Based on the
Order types, user can draw
the reports and analyse the
same
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.24
Standard
003/005 Material used in
cleaning batches
should be treated
as a direct cost
rather than
overheads to the
products in the
system.
These materials should form
part BOM to include in direct
cost
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.17
Standard
003/006 Solvent recovery This bi-product will be BBP_C Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 177 of 229
![Page 178: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 178 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
batches should not
absorb overheads,
coz it is not a
production.
identified as no cost relevancy O_BP 6.4.4.1
003/007 Proper Coding
structure for
purchased,
produced and sub
contracted material
Coding structure completed
properly
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
003/008 Controlled Price
Products details
should be
available.
A Pricing condition will be
provided to maintain the
Controlled price of a product.
The price will be maintained in
the sequence of Company
Code and Material Code.
BBP_S
D_MD5.
0
Standard
003/009 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
interlocation
transfer of material
with the first
production date to
carry the ageing.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
plant specific batch number is
getting activated, at each plant
level new Batch is getting
generated. Hence custom
developed report need to be
generated
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
003/010 Proper treatment of
failed batches
In case of failed batch, user
has to make the GR against
BBP_C
O_BP
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 178 of 229
![Page 179: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 179 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
where there is no
output. It should be
taken as an
abnormal loss.
the Process order. These
materials are being tested by
the Quality Control team and
identify them as failed batch.
Based on which these batches
need to be scrapped or
reprocessed. The goods can
be issued to the respective
process order. The process
represents more variances. In
some cases, without reporting
the yield process will be
closed and variances will be
reported to that process order.
6.3.5.18
003/011 Reprocess batch
details with
material loss and
overheads incurred
in reprocessing.
Separate order type is being
used for re-process of the
materials. Based on the
process order, user can arrive
the cost of re-processing i.e.
material consumed and
activity types used.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.20
Standard
003/012 Report on capacity
Utilization and idle
capacity.
User need to identify the
capacity, part of the planning
activity. The same need to be
maintained, in the system part
of the CO planning. The
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.19
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 179 of 229
![Page 180: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 180 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
actual values will be posted by
the system based on the
confirmation of Process
orders. The actual values can
be seen against the cost
center. User can seen the
actual value and planned
value against a cost center
003/013 TRT hrs utilized in
each production
cost centre for own
production and
third party
production and for
each product.
Separate order Type are being
created to track the own
production and job-work
production. Based on order
types data will be accumulated
and provided the information,
through summarization reports
BBP_P
P-
PI_BP0
3
Standard
003/014 Separate Raw
material and
overhead cost
component break
up of the material
at every stage of
production for each
product.
As per the BOM and Recipe
standard cost will be updated
in the Material Master. It is a
GAP in the system and not
feasible to develop the report.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.21
GAP
003/015 Variance in yield
batch wise, product
wise. (including
Process Order wise variances
can be seen and the data can
be summarized at Product
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.22
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 180 of 229
![Page 181: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 181 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
2nd crop) and loss
thereof
level.
In case of 2nd Crop process
order the same need to be
settled to the main process
order to arrive the total
variances of the order.
003/016 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
003/017 Proper Inventory
System for
Classification –
own inventory, job
work in inventory,
job work out
inventory, usable
inventory, rejected
inventory.
Based on the Material types
and Split valuation process the
same will be achieved
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.5
Standard
003/018 Interlocation
transfer of material
and loss in transit
treatment in the
Prepare GRN for full quantity,
in same GRN maintain loss
stock as Blocked stock.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.6
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 181 of 229
![Page 182: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 182 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
system.
003/019 Transportation of
interlocation
transfer to be
loaded on
inventory.
Can be achieved by
maintaining price indicator V in
material master of receiving
plant
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.8
Standard
003/020 System treatment
for write off of F.G.
and accounting
treatment thereof.
Goods can be written by way
issuing the same to Cost
Center or posting the physical
inventory difference. System
will post the accounting
document automatically
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.10
Standard
003/021 F.G. valuation
should consist of
following cost
components ie
Raw Material,
Direst Cost,
Power/Fuel,
Manufacturing
Ohds
This can be achieved through
product cost estimate
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.21
Standard
003/022 Controls-
-There should not
be any difference
in F.G. valuation
between MM
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 182 of 229
![Page 183: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 183 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
Module & FI
Module.
- No Manual
postings should be
allowed in FG
related Automatic
GL Accounts ie
Stock of F.G.,
Change in
Inventory – F.G.,
Cost of Goods
Sold
- No Authorisation
to anybody for
artificially changing
valuation of F.G.-
ie MR21, MR22.
and no difference between the
system.
MR21 will not be allowed for
automatically posting GL
accounts
Valuation of recovered material
004/001 System for batch
wise recoveries of
solvents/ crude/
spent/ mother
liquor needs to be
in place.
Manufacturing will be taking
place for each batch and
corresponding process order
will be created. Recoveries
are being posted against the
Process Order and details can
be drawn against the process
order (i.e. batch)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 183 of 229
![Page 184: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 184 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
004/002 Accurate
information on
material content
and usage of the
recovered material
needs to be
captured.
Based on the inspection plan
and testing of the materials,
the results can be recorded
into the system. Based on
which user, has to do the
analysis and take the decision
on its usage
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.15
Standard
004/003 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
inter-location
transfer of material
with the first MRT
date to carry the
ageing.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
plant specific batch number is
getting activated, at each plant
level new Batch is getting
generated. Hence custom
developed report need to be
generated
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
004/004 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
004/005 There needs to be
a validation for
posting recoveries
only after updation
Since Costing BOM is
maintained recoveries will be
updated with standard cost
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.25
ABAP
Developm
ent
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 184 of 229
![Page 185: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 185 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
of rates.
004/006 Bill Of Materials
should be accurate
to capture correct
% of Solvents
recovered at
various stages of
recipe.
Production department should
give correct inputs for BOM
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.12
Standard
Valuation of work in progress
005/001 Unauthorized PTN/
PTNI should be
valued at cost of
production.
System will valuate the
materials, based on the Goods
receipt and as per the price in
the material master based on
the price control
BBP_C
O_BP6.
3.5.45
Standard
005/002 Proper treatment of
failed batches
where there is no
output. It should be
taken as an
abnormal loss.
In case of failed batch, user
has to make the GR against
the Process order. These
materials are being tested by
the Quality Control team and
identify them as failed batch.
Based on which these batches
need to be scrapped or
reprocessed. The goods can
be issued to the respective
process order. The process
represents more variances.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.18
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 185 of 229
![Page 186: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 186 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
005/003 Separate Raw
material and
overhead cost
component break
up of the material
at every stage of
production.
Planed costs can be seen cost
component structure wise
after completion of cost
estimate at material level or
plant level. Actuals are
available only for the particular
level components and
activities
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.21
GAP
005/004 Material Mix –
Local & Imported
for purchase,
consumption and
stocks.
If the Material is subject to
split valuation it is possible to
get the details of consumption
split valuation type wise
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
005/005 Controls-
-There should not
be any difference
in S.F.G. valuation
between MM
Module & FI
Module.
- No Manual
postings should be
allowed in S.F.G.
related Automatic
GL Accounts ie
Stock of S.F.G.,
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
and no difference between the
system.
MR21 will not be allowed for
automatically posting GL
accounts.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 186 of 229
![Page 187: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 187 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
Change in
Inventory – S.F.G.,
- No Authorization
to anybody for
artificially changing
valuation of S.F.G.-
ie MR21, MR22.
Valuation of Traded goods
006/001 The stock needs to
be valued as soon
as the GRN is
entered in the
system.
SAP System will value the
goods based on the Goods
Receipt, based on the
Purchase Order terms and
post the value to
corresponding General Ledger
Accounts
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.1
to
5.1.10.6
Standard
006/002 Proper System to
capture expenses
incidental to
purchase to form
part of landed cost
Enter the delivery cost
conditions in PO to capture
the cost. Unplanned cost can
be entered at the time of IR
preparation provided stock is
available
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.1
Standard
006/003 Proper Coding
structure for
purchased,
produced and sub
contracted
Material types are being
identified, based on the
material usage. Split Valuation
also activated based on the
source of supply
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 187 of 229
![Page 188: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 188 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
material.
006/004 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
interlocation
transfer of material
with the first GRN
date to carry the
ageing.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
plant specific batch number is
getting activated, at each plant
level new Batch is getting
generated. Hence custom
developed report need to be
generated
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
006/005 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
006/006 Inventory Holding
Period Average
Based on the specified
formula, the report need to
calculate the raw material
stock on hand, in terms of
sales
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.26
ABAP
Developm
ent
006/007 Break up of landed
cost of traded
goods ie basic
price & other add
up cost
Details are available in the
Purchase order. If need to be
printed in a specified form,
need to developed
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.18
ABAP
Developm
ent
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 188 of 229
![Page 189: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 189 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
components
006/008 Controls--There should not
be any difference
in Traded goods
valuation between
MM Module & FI
Module.
- No Manual
postings should be
allowed in Traded
goods related
Automatic GL
Accounts ie Stock
of Traded goods ,
Change in
Inventory – Traded
goods , Cost of
Goods Sold
- No Authorization
to anybody for
artificially changing
valuation of Traded
goods - ie MR21,
MR22
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
and no difference between the
system. MR21 will not be
allowed for automatically
posting GL accounts
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.14
Standard
Valuation and consumption cost of subcontract material
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 189 of 229
![Page 190: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 190 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
007/001 The stock needs to
be valued as soon
as the GRN is
entered in the
system
SAP System will value the
goods based on the Goods
Receipt, based on the
Purchase Order terms and
post the value to
corresponding General Ledger
Accounts.
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.1
to
5.1.10.6
Standard
007/002 Actual material
cost of the
processed product
should be net of bi
product cost
This can be achieved by
defining the costing BOM for
bi-product.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.27
Standard
007/003 Actual cost of
second crop
production has to
be accounted by
valuing the mother
liquor recovered at
job workers place
SAP will post Goods Receipt
for the recovered materials,
based on the BOM
components.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.27
Standard
007/004 Stock of recovered
solvent and mother
liquor lying at job
workers place
should be
accounted and
included in our
Valuation will be associated
with Sending plant inventory
valuation. Valuation will be
automatically updated by the
system
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.27
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 190 of 229
![Page 191: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 191 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
stock
007/005 Proper Coding
structure for
purchased,
produced and sub
contracted material
Based on the Material Type
and Split valuation, system will
provide the necessary break.
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
007/006 Ageing Analysis of
Stocks. History
should be carried
forward in case of
interlocation
transfer of material
with the first
production date to
carry the ageing.
In case of material with Batch
management it is possible. As
plant specific batch number is
getting activated, at each plant
level new Batch is getting
generated. Hence custom
developed report need to be
generated
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.4
ABAP
Developm
ent
007/007 Proper Mapping of
inter location job
work cycle within a
company code.
Sending plant will follow the
Sub-contracting process, as if
the material sent to external
vendor. The receiving plant
follows the Job work in
process, as if the material
received from the external
customer. The material codes
used in the job work in
process are non-valuated
materials. There is no relation
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.30
GAP
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 191 of 229
![Page 192: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 192 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
between the process. Both
will be operating
independently.
007/008 Determination of
job work charges in
case on inter
location job work.
Job work charges are
maintained in the Sub-
contracting PO and Sales
order
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.30
Standard
007/009 Financial impact of
inter location job
work
Necessary receivables and
payables are being posted in
the system and the same
need to be adjusted
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.30
Standard
007/010 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
007/011 Separate Raw
material and
overhead cost
component break
up of the material
at every stage of
production
. Planed costs can be seen
cost component structure wise
after completion of cost
estimate at material level or
plant level. Actuals are
available only for the particular
level components and
activities
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.21
GAP
007/012 Material Mix – Split valuation is active for BBP_C Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 192 of 229
![Page 193: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 193 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
Local & Imported
for purchase,
consumption and
stocks.
local and imported, based on
which separate GL
O_MD 5.1.10.6
007/013 Material Usage &
Inventory Control
System need to provide the
information Raw material Vs.
Finished Goods, based on the
BOM maintained in the system
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.31
ABAP
Developm
ent
007/014 Variance in yield
batch wise, product
wise. (including 2nd
crop) and loss
thereof
Process Order will be created
for each batch and yield will
be recorded for each process
order wise. Even for 2nd crop,
another process order will be
created and analysis can be
carried out
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.22
Standard
007/015 Transportation and
other expenses to
be loaded on
subcontract
material.
Necessary Conditions need to
be maintained in the sub-
contracting purchase order. If
the manufactured material’s
price control is V, the
transportation cost will be
added to the material value.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.30
Standard
Valuation and consumption cost of Engineering Material
008/001 The stock needs to
be valued as soon
as the GRN is
SAP System will value the
goods based on the Goods
Receipt, based on the
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.1
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 193 of 229
![Page 194: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 194 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
entered in the
system.
Purchase Order terms and
post the value to
corresponding General Ledger
Accounts
to
5.1.10.6
008/002 Proper System to
capture expenses
incidental to
purchase to form
part of landed cost.
Enter the delivery cost
conditions in PO to capture
the cost. Unplanned cost can
be entered at the time of IR
preparation provided stock is
available
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.1
Standard
008/003 Harmonization in
coding structure
and categorization
of material
Materials are being classified
based on the Material Types
and Split Valuation. This will
helps the users to identify the
materials and post the values
to Financial accounting.
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
008/004 System to ensure
inventory
classification – raw
material, packing
materials, lab
chemicals,
intermediates,
finished goods, bi
product, fuel items
and engineering
System will recognize the
materials with material type
code
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 194 of 229
![Page 195: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 195 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
items.
008/005 Non Moving and
slow moving
stocks.
SAP tracks the details based
on the goods movements of
the materials and provides the
necessary information by way
of reports (T.code MC46 and
MC50)
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.2
Standard
008/006 Controls--There should not
be any difference
in engineering
items valuation
between MM
Module & FI
Module.
- No Manual
postings should be
allowed in
engineering items
related Automatic
GL Accounts ie
Stock of
engineering items ,
engineering items
consumed.
SAP System will maintain the
integration between the
Material accounting and
Financial accounting system.
Values are flown automatically
and no difference between the
system.
MR21 will not be allowed for
automatically posting GL
accounts
BBP_C
O_MD 5.1.10.6
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 195 of 229
![Page 196: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 196 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
- No Authorization
to anybody for
artificially changing
valuation of
engineering items -
ie MR21, MR22.
Primary and Secondary allocation of expenses
009/001 Robust System to
ensure proper cost
centre accounting.
Financial Accounting has been
integrated with Controlling.
Expenses GL Accounts are
being identified as Cost
Elements. Each department
has been identified as the cost
center. When ever user
posting a transaction, system
looks for a cost object, i.e.
Cost Center. So that data will
automatically flow to CO.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2
Standard
009/002 Accurate and
better keys for
apportioning of
expenses.
SAP is having the Activity
Types and Statistical Key
figures, to use as keys for
apportionment of expenses.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.2
Standard
009/003 When a processed
material is issued
to cost centre, it
should not take the
Inventory is being valued
based on the Price Control.
The price control will be S for
the Manufactured materials.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.32
GAP
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 196 of 229
![Page 197: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 197 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
overhead part of it. The Standard Price will be
inclusive of Material price and
overheads. It is not possible to
isolate the overhead part.
009/004 System to capture
expenses on
process
development and
R&D
Need to be created these
departments as Cost Centers.
All relevant expenses can be
posted to the respective cost
centers. Based on the cost
centers a report can be drawn
BBP_C
O_BP 6.5.5.33
Standard
009/005 Period Closure
discipline needs to
be there
Part of the CO Processes,
user need follow the
necessary closing steps to
complete the periodic process
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.34
Standard
009/006 Effect and result of
CSA.
Necessary allocation cycles
need to be created to transfer
the service cost center costs
to production cost center
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.35
Standard
009/007 Overhead
Absorption and idle
time loss.
Based on the Activity
confirmation, system will
absorb the overhead. User
can arrive the idle time based
on the planned capacity and
actual time confirmed
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.9
Standard
009008 Variance
Reporting.
Variances can be calculated in
Product cost controlling,
BBP_C
O_BP
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 197 of 229
![Page 198: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 198 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
based on planed cost Vs.
actual postings. The details
can be drawn each process
order wise.
6.3.2.15
.3
009/009 Proper
Provisioning of
expenses and
liabilities.
Part of the period reporting, it
is required to make necessary
provisions, in Financial
accounting. Based on the
provisions made in FI the
expenses will be available in
CO for reporting
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.36
Standard
009/010 Cost Centre wise
payroll and
reimbursement
accounting.
Payroll details are being
maintained in the external
system. Payroll details will be
loaded into SAP Cost Center
wise, through an interface
program.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.37
Standard
009/011 Samples should
form part of cost of
sales.
These can be form part of
billing from Sales and
Distribution module
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.38
Standard
009/012 Sales budgeting
product wise. (Qty
& Rate)
Sales budget can be
maintained part of the CO-PA.
BBP_C
O-PA
5.0
Standard
Product wise Profitability & FICO Reconciliation
010/001 Robust System to
ensure proper cost
Financial Accounting has been
integrated with Controlling.
BBP_C
O_BP
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 198 of 229
![Page 199: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 199 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
centre accounting. Expenses GL Accounts are
being identified as Cost
Elements. Each department
has been identified as the cost
center. When ever user
posting a transaction, system
looks for a cost object, i.e.
Cost Center. So that data will
automatically flow to CO.
6.3.2
010/002 Capacity utilization
and idle time cost.
Based on the Activity
confirmation, system will
absorb the overhead. User
can arrive the idle time based
on the planned capacity and
actual time confirmed. Idle
time need to calculated and
posted based on the
requirements. Other wise, can
be identified through an
activity type and confirmed
through process order to
capture the Idle time.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.19
Standard
010/003 Proper estimation
of Standard
overheads to be
derived.
Overheads are estimated with
help of historical data and the
same will be compared with
actual
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.3
&
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 199 of 229
![Page 200: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 200 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
6.3.2.4
010/004 Manufactured
products sold
through depots,
such transactions
should be properly
mapped in to
derive the location
wise profitability
Area wise sales reports are
possible in COPA
BBP_C
O-
PA1.0
Standard
010/005 Job Work In
profitability.
It is possible in COPA reports BBP_C
O-
PA1.0
Standard
010/006 Reprocessing cost
incurred on failed
or rejected batches
Reprocessing is being
carriedout through another
Batch type. Based on which
necessary cost analysis can
be carriedout
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.39
010/007 Proper mapping of
expenses
incidental to sales.
All the relevant expenses are
being posted to the Sales and
Marketing Cost Center.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.1.
2
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 200 of 229
![Page 201: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 201 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
010/008 Accurate and
better keys for
apportioning of
expenses.
Activity Types, Statistical Key
Figures, Fixed percentage or
Equalant number can be used
for apportionment of
expenses.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.1.
5.2
Standard
010/009 When a processed
material is issued
to cost centre, it
should not take the
overhead part of it.
Inventory is being valued
based on the Price Control.
The price control will be S for
the Manufactured materials.
The Standard Price will be
inclusive of Material price and
overheads. It is not possible to
isolate the overhead part.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.32
GAP
010/010 Period Closure
discipline needs to
be there.
Part of the CO Processes,
user need follow the
necessary closing steps to
complete the periodic process
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.34
Standard
010/011 Optimum Product
Mix.
Based on the standard cost
and contribution of the
product, user has to arrive the
Optimum Product Mix
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.40
Standard
010/012 Costing and
Profitability of R&D
Services.
Based on the costs and
revues, generated, a report
can be drawn in CO-PA
BBP_C
O-
PA1.0
Standard
Utility Cost
011/001 Log sheet in Part of the Plant Maintenance BBP_C Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 201 of 229
![Page 202: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 202 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
system relating to
utility to ensure
accuracy of data
module, necessary log sheet
will be maintained for utility
consumption
O_BP 6.3.5.41
011/002 Utility Costing &
efficiency thereof
Utility per unit cost is being
arrived in the respective cost
centers. Based on the
secondary resource usage,
utility cost will be transferred
to product
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.42
Standard
011/003 Cost Centre Wise
Utility Details
Cost and quantities will be
captured utility cost center
wise.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.42
Standard
011/004 Yield for material
used to produce
utility
Report need to be developed,
as per Arch requirement
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.43
ABAP
Developm
ent
011/005 Purchase of Coal
to be categorized
into purchase and
controlled source
Based on the Purchase order,
the same can be known about
the source of supply. If
required the same can be
maintained in the split
valuation
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.44
Standard
011/006 Consumption of
fuel material with
output and yield
Fuel consumption can be
tracked, by way of issue to
cost center. The yield from the
cost center can be recorded
through Plant Maintenance
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.5.41
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 202 of 229
![Page 203: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 203 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Req. No
URS Req. Details
SAP Process BBP
No
Status
measuring points
011/007 Allocation of ETP
cost to the
products using it
Through CO allocation cycles,
the ETP cost center cost can
be transferred to production
cost centers
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2.6
Standard
Cost Chart 012/001 Cost Centre should
be opened for
various Production
Cost Centres,
Utility Centres,
Factory Services
Centre, Central
Services Centre
As per the Arch requirements,
the required cost centers can
be defined freely. Each
department / production bloc,
etc., is being identified as cost
center
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2
Standard
012/002 Coding of Cost
Centre should
indicate the Plant,
Profit Centre,
Department
As per the Arch requirement,
the Cost Centre condification
has been finalized. The cost
center is having 10 digit length
and Plant and profit center is
part of the code.
BBP_C
O_BP 6.3.2
Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 203 of 229
![Page 204: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 204 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
8 Reporting RequirementURS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Valuation and consumption cost of Raw Material/ Packing
Material/ Lab Chemicals
00
1/RE
P-
001
Stock Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B
00
1/RE
P-
002
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB52
00
1/RE
P-
003
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB51
00
1/RE
P-
004
Plant wise Average
inventory Holding Period
for different Raw Material
types.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
ABAP
Development
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 204 of 229
![Page 205: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 205 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Group, Material
Code
00
1/RE
P-
005
Batch Consumption and
cost centre consumption
break up.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Cost
Center, Process
order
Standard T Code
MB51
00
1/RE
P-
006
Quantitative details
required as per Sch VI to
the Companies Act as
under:
Opening Stock, Qty
Purchased, Qty
Consumed, Closing Stock.
(Above details required for
Local & Imported Raw
Material separately)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location,
Valuation Class,
Material Type,
Date Range,
Material Code
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Valuation and consumption cost of Intermediates
002/RE
P-001
Stock Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Standard T Code
Standard T Code
MB5B
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 205 of 229
![Page 206: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 206 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Range
002/RE
P-002
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Valuation
Class
Standard T Code
MB52
002/RE
P-003
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB51
002/RE
P-004
Production Transfer
Note Summary
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Date
Range, Material
Code
PP Development
002/RE
P-005
Material Mix – Local &
Imported.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.4
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material
Code
Standard T Code
MB5B,
COOIS_PI
002/RE Plant wise Average Company Code, ABAP
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 206 of 229
![Page 207: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 207 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
P-006 inventory Holding
Period for different
Intermediates Group.
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material
Development
002/RE
P-007
Monthly and yearly
actual cost Sheet of a
product.
Company Code,
Plant, Product
Code, Date
Range
ABAP
Development
002/RE
P-008
Quantitative details
required as per Sch.VI
to the Companies Act
as under:
Opening Stock, Qty
Manufactured /
Purchased, Qty Sold,
Closing Stock.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material,
Valuation Class
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Valuation and consumption cost of Finished Goods
003/RE
P-001
Stock Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B
003/RE Stock Balance and BBP_CO Company Code,
Plant, Material
Standard T Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 207 of 229
![Page 208: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 208 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
P-002 valuation (WAC) _BP6.4.5 Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Valuation
Class
MB52
003/RE
P-003
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB51
003/RE
P-004
Production Transfer
Note Summary
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Code, Date
Range
PP ABAP
Development
003/RE
P-005
Material Mix – Local &
Imported.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B,
COOIS_PI
003/RE
P-006
Plant wise Average
inventory Holding
Period for different
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
MM ABAP
Development
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 208 of 229
![Page 209: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 209 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Product Segments. Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
003/RE
P-007
Monthly and yearly
actual cost Sheet of a
product.
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
(PP / CO /
FI )ABAP
Development
003/RE
P-008
Quantitative details
required as per Sch VI
to the Companies Act
as under:
Opening Stock, Qty
Maufactured/
Purchased, Qty Sold,
Closing Stock.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Valuation of Recovered Materials
004/RE
P-001
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB51
004/RE Stock Ledger BBP_CO Company Code, Standard T Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 209 of 229
![Page 210: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 210 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
P-002 _BP6.4.5 Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
MB5B
004/RE
P-003
PTN Summary Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material
Code
PP ABAP
Development
004/RE
P-004
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB52
004/RE
P-005
Quantitative details
required as under:
Opening Stock, Qty
purchased/ recovered ,
Qty re-used, Closing
Stock.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Valuation of Work in Progress
005/RE
P-001
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Standard T Code
MB51
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 210 of 229
![Page 211: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 211 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
005/RE
P-002
In process stock
details.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Material
Code, Date
Range,
Standard T Code
MB52
Valuation of Traded Goods
006/RE
P-001
Stock Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B
006/RE
P-002
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB52
006/RE
P-003
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Standard T Code
MB51
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 211 of 229
![Page 212: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 212 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
006/RE
P-004
Plant wise Average
inventory Holding
Period for different
Product Segments.
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
MM ABAP
Development
006/RE
P-005
Quantitative details
required as per Sch VI
to the Companies Act
as under:
Opening Stock, Qty
Purchased, Qty Sold,
Closing Stock.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Valuation and consumption cost of Sub-contract Materials
007/RE
P-001
Stock Ledger Job out
(Subcontract)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Vendor,
Material Type,
Material Group,
Date Range
Standard T Code
MB5B
007/RE
P-002
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Standard T Code
MB52
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 212 of 229
![Page 213: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 213 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Range
007/RE
P-003
Material Movement
Summary
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB51
007/RE
P-004
PTN Summary Company Code,
Plant, Vendor,
Material Type,
Material Group,
Date Range
PP ABAP
Development
Valuation and consumption cost of Engineering Materials
008/RE
P-001
Stock Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B
008/RE
P-002
Stock Balance and
valuation (WAC)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB52
008/RE Material Movement BBP_CO Company Code, Standard T Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 213 of 229
![Page 214: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 214 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
P-003 Summary _BP6.4.5 Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
MB51
008/RE
P-004
Quantitative details
required as under:
Opening Stock, Qty
Purchased, Qty
Consumed, Closing
Stock.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range
Standard T Code
MB5B, MB51
Primary and Secondary Allocation of Expenses 009/RE
P-001
Cost Head Ledger BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
KSB1
009/RE
P-002
CSA BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
KSB1
009/RE
P-003
CSA Reconciliation. BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
KSB1
009/RE
P-004
GL to Cost Head
Report.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
KSB1
009/RE
P-005
Costing Trial Balance BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 214 of 229
![Page 215: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 215 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
KSB1
009/RE
P-006
Plant wise basis of
secondary allocation.
CO Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard
009/RE
P-007
Plant wise, production
block wise, absorption
rate (Variable & Fixed)
per every level of
activity.
(MHR,LHR,QCR,Powe
r)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
S_ALR_8701361
5
009/RE
P-008
P& L Reconciliation-
Over/ under absorption
of Overheads &
reasons for that ie
change in level of
activity, change in
planned cost.
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T Code
S_ALR_8701361
5
Product wise Profitability & FICO Reconciliation
010/RE
P-001
CSA Reconciliation. BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Company Code,
Date
Standard T Code
KSB1
010/RE
P-002
Costing Trial Balance BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Company Code,
Date
Standard T Code
KSB1
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 215 of 229
![Page 216: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 216 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
010/RE
P-003
P& L Reconciliation-
Over/ under absorption
of Overheads &
reasons for that ie
change in level of
activity, change in
planned cost
Company Code,
Date
GAP
010/RE
P-004
Plant wise, Segment
wise, Product family
wise Gross Margin
Report
BBP_CO
_BP6.4
Company Code,
Plant, Product
family, Date
CO-PA
Development
010/RE
P-005
Cost Audit Record Company Code,
Date
GAP
010/RE
P-006
Raw Material Margin
report.
Company Code,
Date, Material
ABAP
Development
010/RE
Q-007
Unit cost of product
should consist of
following cost
components ie Raw
Material, Direst Cost,
Power/Fuel,
Manufacturing Ohds
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.6
Company Code,
Date
Standard T Code
KE24
010/RE
Q-008
Product wise, product
group wise , batch
wise profitability ,
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.6
Company Code,
Date
Standard T Code
KE24
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 216 of 229
![Page 217: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 217 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
location wise, business
segment wise, market
wise (local or export),
consignment wise,
customer wise,
therapeutic use wise
profitability.
010/RE
Q-009
Through COPA, real
time- on line Product
wise profitability should
be available in
following format.
Gross Sales
Less: Excise Duty
Less: Sales Tax
Net Sales – Level I
Less:
Discount/Commission
Less: Freight
Outward/Octroi
Net Sales – Level II
Less: Cost of Goods
Sold (R.M. Cost, Direst
Cost, Power/Fuel,
Manufacturing Ohds)
Company Code,
Date
COPA-
Development
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 217 of 229
![Page 218: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 218 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Rpt No
Report Name BBP No. Reporting Categories
Stdandard/ABAP Development
Net Contribution
(Above information
should also be
available for per MT for
relative analysis )
Utility Cost
011/RE
P-001
Maintenance Template
(Utility Template)
BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Cost Center,
Date Range
Standard T Code
S_ALR_8701361
3
Cost Chart
012/RE
P-001
Cost Centre Chart BBP_CO
_BP6.4.2
Cost Centers,
Date Range
Standard T Code
KS13
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
Valuation and consumption cost of Raw Material/ Packing Material/
Lab Chemicals
001/O
UT-001
RM/ PM/ LC is valued
at landed cost.
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
MM ABAP
Development
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 218 of 229
![Page 219: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 219 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
Location, Valuation
Class, Material
Type, Date Range,
Material Code
001/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Valuation
Class, Material
Type, Date Range,
Material Code
Standard T
Code
MB5B
Valuation and consumption cost of Intermediates
002/O
UT-001
Intermediate is valued
at cost of production.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material,
Valuation Class
Standard
MB5B
002/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material,
Valuation Class
Standard
MB5B
Valuation and consumption cost of Finished Goods
003/O Finished goods are BBP_CO_ Company Code, Standard
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 219 of 229
![Page 220: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 220 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
UT-001 valued at cost of
production.
BP6.4.5 Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Valuation
Class
MB52
003/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Valuation
Class
Standard
MB52
Valuation of Recovered Materials
004/O
UT-001
Recovered Material is
valued at standard
cost.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material
Code
Standard T
Code
MB5B
004/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date
Range, Material
Code
Standard T
Code
MB52
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 220 of 229
![Page 221: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 221 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
Valuation of Work in Progress
005/O
UT-001
WIP is valued at
actual material cost
and previous stages
overhead.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Material
Code, Date Range,
Standard T
Code
MB52
005/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material
Group, Material
Code, Date Range,
Standard T
Code
MB52
Valuation of Traded Goods
006/O
UT-001
Traded goods are
valued at landed cost.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date Range
Standard T
Code
MB52
006/O
UT-002
Closing Stock Qty and
value.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date Range
Standard T
Code
MB5B
Valuation and consumption cost of Sub-contract Materials
007/O Subcontract material BBP_CO_ Company Code, Standard T
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 221 of 229
![Page 222: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 222 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
UT-001 is valued at cost of
production
BP6.4.5 Plant, Vendor,
Material Type,
Material Group,
Date Range
Code
MB5B
007/O
UT-002
Closing Stock qty and
value.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Material
Type, Material
Group, Date Range
Standard T
Code
MB5B
Valuation and consumption cost of Engineering Materials
008/O
UT-001
Engineering material
is valued at moving
average method.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.5
Company Code,
Plant, Storage
Location, Material
Type, Material,
Date Range
Standard T
Code
MB52
Primary and Secondary Allocation of Expenses
009/O
UT-001
CSA BBP_CO_
BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T
Code
KSB1
009/O
UT-002
Rate per TRT hrs. BBP_CO_
BP6.4.2
Controlling Area,
Cost Center
Standard T
Code
KSBT
Product wise Profitability & FICO Reconciliation
010/O
UT-001
Product wise , product
group wise, batch
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.6
Company Code,
Date Range,
Standard T
Code
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 222 of 229
![Page 223: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 223 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
URS Output Number
Out put Name BBP No. Output Categories/Data
Standard/Development
wise, segment wise
profitability
Product group,
Segment
KE24
010/O
UT-002
Location wise
Profitability.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.6
Company Code,
Date Range
Standard T
Code
KE24
Utility Cost
011/O
UT-001
Utility Cost Cost-
centre wise
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.2
Cost Center, Date
Range
Standard T
Code
S_ALR_87013
613
011/O
UT-001
Cost per unit of utility,
Yield and efficiency.
BBP_CO_
BP6.4.2
Cost Center, Date
Range
Standard Code
S_ALR_87013
613
9 Integrations PointsProcess BBP No. FI/PS MM SD PPQM/PM
Cost Element
creation
BBP_CO
_BP5.1.1
2
GL Account is
needed
Material
Master
BBP_CO
_BP5.1.1
2
Costing
views are
extended. In
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 223 of 229
![Page 224: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 224 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Process BBP No. FI/PS MM SD PPQM/PM
material
master
FI Postings BBP_CO
_BP6.3.2.
17
While posting FI
Entry Cost Object is
necessary.
PP-PI-
Process
Orders
BBP_CO
_BP6.3.2.
17
As a part of
manufacturing
process
materials are
issued to
process order,
confirmations
will be done
and is
technically
completed for
settlements.
PM-
Maintenance
Order
BBP_CO
_BP6.3.2.
17
Maintenance
Orders will be
consuming
materials and
maintenance
activities will be
identified.
Activity prices
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 224 of 229
![Page 225: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 225 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Process BBP No. FI/PS MM SD PPQM/PM
arrived through
CO process.
Internal order
– Integration
With
Assets/Expe
nses
BBP_CO
_BP6.3.3.
8
When the assets/ are
posted to internal
orders, system will
control the budgets.
Statistical postings
will be made to
capture additional
information
Cost Estimate BBP_CO
_BP6.3.4.
11
Integrated with FI to
arrive actual over
heads
Material
master
prices are
taken.
Master Data of
PP is used to
do cost
estimates
Integration with
projectsBBP_CO
_BP6.3.4.
21
Project System will
settle the expenses
through settlement
structure of CO.
Job work BBP_CO
_BP6.3.4.
21
Job
work
is
make
to
order
scenari
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 225 of 229
![Page 226: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 226 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
Process BBP No. FI/PS MM SD PPQM/PM
o
9.1 CO – FI IntegrationThe operating chart of accounts is being shared by Financial Accounting as well as
Controlling. The general ledger accounts in the chart of account, will be created as cost
elements, based on the requirements of Controlling. Some of the Costs are not relevant for
Controlling module, i.e. profit / loss on sale of assets, foreign exchange gain or loss, etc..
These accounts will not be created as cost elements. Any posting to Cost Element GL
Accounts, system looks for a Cost Center, i.e. Cost Object and data automatically available
for CO for futher use and Allocation.
9.2 CO – Material ManagementThe material master contains the profit center. Based on the material movement, value will
be captured to financial accounting along with profit center as account assignment. So that
profit center wise Balance sheet / Profit and loss account can be drawn.
At the time of goods issue, system looks for a cost object, if the consumption account /
expenses account is a cost element. User has to enter the Cost center if it is possible (i.e. to
cost center). In some of the process, user can not enter the cost center, and the same has
to be defaulted, based on the profit center or valuation area.
Cost of Goods sold will be transferred to CO-PA for profitability analysis at the time of Sale
of the goods.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 226 of 229
![Page 227: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 227 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
9.3 CO – Sales and Distribution Revenue will be transferred to CO-PA at the time posting the billing document. Along with
revenue, system will also transfer the COGS to CO-PA, to arrive the product contribution.
Profit center is being identified to Sales order, based on the Product is being sold (i.e.
material master).
9.4 CO – Production Process
Cost Centres and Activity Types will be assigned in the PP Resources. Based on
this assignment, the overheads will be absorbed by the product and part of the
Standard Cost Estimate.
Process Order will be recognized as a cost object for posting of the values to CO.
The profit centre will be identified based on the material master (ie. Manufacturing
goods).
9.5 CO – Plant Maintenance
Maintenance activity is being carried out through maintenance order. The
maintenance cost inclusive of Spares consumption, external service charges and
Internal activity cost (labour charges). Based on actual consumption the cost will be
captured into the maintenance order. Based on maintenance activity, the settlement
rule will be maintained and transferred the cost to the respective cost object i.e.
Production cost centre or service cost centre, which will be determined based on the
equipment / functional location.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 227 of 229
![Page 228: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 228 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
10 Authorization Authorization matrix will be prepared as per the Arch role matrix.
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 228 of 229
![Page 229: Archit_BBP_CO_V1_04-06-2012](https://reader036.vdocuments.us/reader036/viewer/2022081507/5695d00a1a28ab9b0290af1c/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
Business Blue Print
DOCUMENT NUMBER:BBP_CO_V1.0 PAGE: 229 of 229
TITLE: Controlling(CO)
ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT #: New Document SUPERSEDES: N/A
History of Change
Date Version Number
Section Reason for Revision
© 2010 Zensar Technologies Limited Page 229 of 229